• Share
  • Email
  • Embed
  • Like
  • Save
  • Private Content
2005 ARMADA OWNER'S MANUAL
 

2005 ARMADA OWNER'S MANUAL

on

  • 1,689 views

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2005 ARMADA or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey ...

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2005 ARMADA or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey between Cherry Hill and Mount Holly. Only 20 minutes from Philadelphia. Classic Cars Nissan 1513 Route 38 Hainesport, NJ 08036 866-CLASSIC or 866-252-7742

Statistics

Views

Total Views
1,689
Views on SlideShare
1,689
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
9
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

    2005 ARMADA OWNER'S MANUAL 2005 ARMADA OWNER'S MANUAL Presentation Transcript

    • FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELYWelcome to the growing family of new NISSAN Before driving your vehicle please read this Own- drive models correctly may result in loss ofowners. This vehicle is delivered to you with er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity control or an accident. Be sure to readconfidence. It was produced using the latest with controls and maintenance requirements, as- “Driving safety precautions” in the “Start-techniques and strict quality control. sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle. ing and driving” section of this manual.This manual was prepared to help you under- WARNINGstand the operation and maintenance of your ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVINGvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome- IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE- This vehicle will handle and maneuverters) of driving pleasure. Please read through this MINDERS FOR SAFETY! differently from an ordinary passengermanual before operating your vehicle. Follow these important driving rules to car because it has a higher center ofA separate Warranty Information Booklet help ensure a safe and comfortable trip gravity for off-road use. As with otherexplains details about the warranties cov- for you and your passengers! vehicles with features of this type, fail-ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Service ● NEVER drive under the influence of al- ure to operate this vehicle correctly mayand Maintenance Guide” explains details cohol or drugs. result in loss of control or an accident.about maintaining and servicing your ve- ● ALWAYS observe posted speed limits Be sure to read “On-pavement and off-hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer and never drive too fast for conditions. road driving precautions”, and “Avoid-Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will ● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropri- ing collision and rollover”, and “Drivingexplain how to resolve any concerns you ate child restraint systems. Pre-teen chil- safety precautions”, in the “Starting andmay have with your vehicle, as well as dren should be seated in the rear seat. driving” section of this manual.clarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw. ● ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features toYour NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE all occupants of the vehicle.best. When you require any service or have any ● ALWAYS review this owner’s manual for This vehicle should not be modified.questions, they will be glad to assist you with the Modification could affect its important safety information.extensive resources available to them. performance, safety or durability, and For descriptions specified for four-wheel drive may even violate governmental models, a mark is placed at the begin- regulations. In addition, damage or per- ning of the applicable sections/items. formance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered un- As with other vehicles with features for der NISSAN warranties. off-road use, failure to operate four-wheel ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for all options CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65available on this model. Therefore, you may find WARNINGsome information that does not apply to yourvehicle. WARNINGAll information, specifications and illustrations in Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,this manual are those in effect at the time of and certain vehicle components containprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to change or emit chemicals known to the State ofspecifications or design without notice and with- California to cause cancer and birth de-out obligation. fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesTHIS MANUAL and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to theYou will see various symbols in this manual. They State of California to cause cancer andare used in the following ways: APD1005 birth defects or other reproductive harm. If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” WARNING or “Do not let this happen.”This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-risk, the procedures must be followed tion, it means the arrow points to the front of theprecisely. vehicle. © 2004 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC. GARDENA, CALIFORNIA CAUTION All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sThis is used to indicate the presence of a Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrievalhazard that could cause minor or moder- indicate movement or action. system, or transmitted in any form, or by anyate personal injury or damage to your ve- means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro- recording or otherwise, without the prior writtencedures must be followed carefully. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these permission of Nissan North America, Inc., Gar- call attention to an item in the illustration. dena, California. ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF NISSAN NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and com- puters in automobiles, and has led the industry in improving both performance and fuel efficiency through new engine designs and the use of syn- thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. The com- pany has also developed ways to build quality into its vehicles at each stage of the production process, both through extensive use of automation and — most importantly — through an awareness that people are the central element in quality control. From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers until you took delivery of your new NISSAN, dozens of checks were made to ensure that only the best job was being done in producing and delivering your vehicle. NISSAN also takes great care to ensure that when you take your NISSAN to your dealer for WFW0002 maintenance, the service technician will perform his work according to the quality standards that haveYour new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to styling design at Nissan Design America, Inc. in San been established by NISSAN.produce the finest in safe, reliable and economical Diego, California, and engineering at Nissan Tech-transportation. Your vehicle is the product of a suc- nical Center North America in Farmington Hills, Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. As youcessful worldwide company that manufactures cars Michigan. Additionally, NISSAN employs more than know, seat belts are an integral part of the safetyand trucks in over 17 countries and distributes them 21,000 people throughout the United States, systems that will help protect you and your passen-in 170 nations. Canada, and Mexico. An additional 60,000 people gers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. work for the 1,250 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers We urge you to use the seat belts every time youNISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactured drive the vehicle.by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded in across North America.Tokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates world- The NISSAN story of growth and achievement re-wide, collectively growing to become the fifth largest NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to the flects our major goal: to provide you, our customer,automaker in the world. In addition to cars and Canadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its suppli- with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsman-trucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks, marine ers and over 150 dealers employ approximately ship — a product that we can be proud to build andengines, boats and other diversified products. 4,500 people. These include company employees you can be proud to own. and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada.NISSAN has made a substantial and growing in- In addition, many Canadians work for companiesvestment in North America. NISSAN’s commitment that supply NISSAN and NISSAN dealers with ma-is over $6 billion dollars in capital investments in terials and services ranging from the operation offacilities across the continent. Some of the facilities port facilities and transportation services, to theinclude the Nissan Manufacturing facilities in Can- supply of lubricants, parts and accessories.ton, Mississippi and in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES . . .Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.However, if there is something that your NISSAN The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the information at:dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to the following information: For U.S. customersprovide NISSAN directly with comments or – Your name, address, and telephone number Nissan North America, Inc.questions, please contact the NISSAN Con- – Vehicle identification number (attached to the Consumer Affairs Departmentsumer Affairs Department using our toll-free top of the instrument panel on the driver’s P.O. Box 191number: side) Gardena, California 90248-0191For U.S. customers – Date of purchase For Canadian customers 1-800-NISSAN-1 Nissan Canada Inc. (1-800-647-7261) – Current odometer reading 5290 Orbitor DriveFor Canadian customers – Your NISSAN dealer’s name Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 1-800-387-0122 – Your comments or questions OR We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle. ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Table of Illustrated table of contents 0Contents Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4 Starting and driving 5 In case of emergency 6 Appearance and care 7 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8 Technical and consumer information 9 Index 10
    • ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw)Owners Manual—USA_English (nna)08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 0 Illustrated table of contentsAirbags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS 1. 3rd row bench seat belts (P. 1-15) 2. 2nd row seat belts (P. 1-15) 3. Supplemental curtain side-impact and rollover air bags (P. 1-56) 4. Front seat belts (P. 1-15) 5. Supplemental front impact air bags (P.1-56) 6. Seats (P. 1-2) 7. Occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) (P.1-63) 8. Seat belt pre-tensioners (P. 1-69) 9. Supplemental side impact air bag (if so equipped) (P. 1-56) 10. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) (P. 1-42) 11. Top tether strap anchor (P. 1-44) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII00210-2 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Engine hood (P. 3-9) 2. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P. 2-22) 3. Windshield (P. 8-18) 4. Power windows (P. 2-45) 5. Door locks, keyfob, keys (P. 3-3, 3-5, 3-2) 6. Mirrors (P. 3-18) 7. Tire pressure (P. 9-11) 8. Flat tire (P. 6-2) 9. Tire chains (P. 8-38) 10. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-29) 11. Headlight and turn signal switch (P. 2-24) 12. Fog light switch (P. 2-28) 13. Tow hooks (if so equipped) (P. 6-13) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII0020 Illustrated table of contents 0-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • EXTERIOR REAR 1. Roof rack (P. 2-44) 2. Vehicle loading (P. 9-12) 3. Glass hatch (P. 3-14) 4. Rear window washer (P.2-23) 5. Glass hatch release (P.3-14) 6. Back door release (P. 3-13) 7. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-29) 8. Fuel filler cap, fuel recommendation (P. 3-14, P. 9-3) 9. Fuel filler door (P. 3-14) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII00190-4 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1. Rear ventilators (P. 4-14 2. Storage (P. 2-33) 3. DVD entertainment system (if so equipped) (P. 4-40) 4. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-48) 5. Map lights (P. 2-51) 6. Sun visors (P. 3-17) 7. HomeLinkா (P. 2-52) 8. Glove box (P. 2-34) 9. Seats (P. 1-2) 10. Cup holders (P. 2-38) 11. Luggage storage (P. 2-41) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LII0022 Illustrated table of contents 0-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • INSTRUMENT PANEL 1. Ventilators (P. 4-14) 2. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27) 3. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/ turn signal switch (P. 2-24) 4. Steering wheel switch for audio control (P. 4-37) 5. Driver supplemental air bag/horn (P. 1-56, P. 2-29) 6. Meters, gauges and warning/indicator lights (P. 2-3, 2-12) 7. Cruise control main/set switches (P. 5-14) 8. Windshield wiper/washer switch and rear window wiper/washer switch (P. 2-22, P. 2-23) 9. Ignition switch (P. 5-7) 10. Navigation system* (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 11. Navigation system* controls (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 12. Audio system controls (P. 4-28, 4-31) 13. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P. 1-56) 14. Glove box (P. 2-35) 15. Climate controls (P. 4-15, 4-24) 16. Aux jack (if so equipped) (P. 4-36) WIC08510-6 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 17. Heated seat switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-29)18. Power outlet/cigarette lighter (accessory) (P. 2-31/P. 2-32)19. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch (P. 2-30)20. Tow mode switch (P. 2-31)21. Shift selector lever (P. 5-9)22. Power outlet (P. 2-31)23. Front passenger air bag status light (P. 1-65)24. Hazard lights (P. 2-28)25. 4WD shift switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-17)26. Tilt steering wheel control (P. 3-16)27. Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-30)28. Pedal position adjustment switch (P. 3-16)29. Back door open/close switch (if so equipped) (P. 3-9)*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).See the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details. Illustrated table of contents 0-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS 1. Battery (P. 8-13) 2. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-22) 3. Transmission dipstick (P. 8-11) 4. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8) 5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-12) 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-12) 7. Air cleaner (P. 8-16) 8. Radiator cap (P. 8-7) 9. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-11) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8) 11. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-7) See the page number indicated in paren- theses for operating details. LDI03680-8 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning Name Page Warning Name Page Warning Name Page light light light Charge warning 2-14 Low tire pres- 2-15 Anti-lock brake 2-13 light sure warning or warning light light Check suspen- 2-14 sion warning Low windshield 2-16 Automatic 2-13 light (if so washer fluid transmission equipped) warning light check warning Door open 2-14 Seat belt warn- 2-16 light warning light ing light and Automatic 2-13 chime Engine oil pres- 2-14 transmission sure low/engine Supplemental 2-16 park warning coolant tem- air bag warning light ( perature high light model) warning light Brake warning 2-13 4WD warning 2-14 or light light ( model) Low fuel warn- 2-15 ing light Illustrated table of contents 0-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Indicator Name Page Indicator Name Page Indicator Name Page light light light Automatic 2-17 High beam in- 2-17 Vehicle dy- 2-19 transmission dicator light namic control position indica- (Blue) off indicator tor light light Malfunction 2-17 Cruise main 2-17 indicator lamp switch indicator (MIL) light Security indica- 2-18 Cruise set 2-17 tor light (NVIS) switch indicator Slip indicator 2-18 light light 4WD shift indi- 2-17 cator light Transfer 4LO 2-18 ( position indica- model) tor light ( Front passenger 2-17 model) or air bag status Turn 2-19 light signal/hazard indicator lights0-10 Illustrated table of contents ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint systemSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Front manual seat adjustment — Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 passenger side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Front power seat adjustment Child restraint installation on 2nd row (for driver’s seat and if so equipped for pas- captain’s chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27 senger’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Child restraint installation on 2nd row bench 2nd row captain’s chair adjustment seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Child restraint installation on 3rd row bench 2nd row bench seat adjustment seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Head restraint adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 Active head restraint (front seats). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44 Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Child restraint installation on front passenger Flexible seating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Precautions on booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Precautions on supplemental restraint Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-71 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SEATS FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT — PASSENGER SIDE WARNING ● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con- trol of the vehicle. ● After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. ARS1152 WARNING ● For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when be upright. Always sit well back in the the seatback is reclined. This can be seat and adjust the seat properly. See dangerous. The shoulder belt will not “Precautions on Seat Belt Usage” later be against your body. In an accident, in this section. you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. LRS0244 LRS0245Forward and backward RecliningPull the lever up and hold it while you slide the To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and leanseat forward or backward to the desired position. back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the leverRelease the lever to lock the seat in position. up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the seatback can be re- clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve- hicle is stopped. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • See “Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped)” in “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” for auto- matic drive positioner operation. Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position. Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de- sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback forward again, move the switch forward and move your body forward. The seatback will move WRS0276 forward.FRONT POWER SEAT ● Do not leave children unattended inside The reclining feature allows adjustment of theADJUSTMENT (for driver’s seat and if the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- seatback for occupants of different sizes forso equipped for passenger’s seat) tivate switches or controls. Unattended added comfort and to help obtain proper seat children could become involved in seri- belt fit (see “Precautions on seat belt usage” later ous accidents. in this section). Also, the seatback can be re- WARNING clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve-● Do not adjust the driver’s seat while Operating tips hicle is stopped. driving so full attention may be given to ● The power seat motor has an auto-reset vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con- overload protection circuit. If the motor trol of the vehicle. stops during operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate the switch. ● Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off. This will discharge the battery.1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WRS0277 LRS0278 WRS0369Seat lifter (driver’s seat) Lumbar support (driver’s seat) 2ND ROW CAPTAIN’S CHAIRPush the front or rear end of the switch up or The lumbar support feature provides lower back ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)down to adjust the angle and height of the seat support to the driver. Move the lever up or downcushion. to adjust the seat lumbar area. Reclining To recline the seatback, pull up on the lever and lean back. The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • WARNING● After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked.● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.● For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should WRS0415 LRS0372 be upright. Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly. Tip up for easy entry to the 3rd row Then ᭺ lift up on the lower corner of the seat 2 See “Precautions on seat belt usage” base and tip the 2nd row captain’s chair forward. The 2nd row captain’s chairs can be tipped for- To exit the 3rd row bench seat lift up on the same later in this section. ward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench latch and fold the seatback forward onto the seat seat. To enter the 3rd row ᭺ raise the armrest so 1 base. Then lift up on the seat base and tip it it is parallel to the seatback and in the stowed forward. position, then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd row captain’s chair and fold the seatback forward at an angle over the seat base. This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward.1-6 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING ● After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries. ● For the most effective protection when WRS0369 the vehicle is in motion, the seat should WRS0414 Outboard seats be upright. Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly. Tip up for easy entry to the 3rd row2ND ROW BENCH SEAT See “Precautions on seat belt usage” The outboard seating positions on the 2nd rowADJUSTMENT (if so equipped) later in this section. bench seat can be tipped forward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench seat. To enter theReclining 3rd row ᭺ lift up on the latch located on the 1To recline the seatback, pull up on the lever and upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd rowlean back. bench seat and fold the seatback forward at an angle over the seat base. This will release theThe recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back of the seat so it may be tipped forward.back for occupants of different sizes for addedcomfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit(see “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in thissection). Also, the seatback can be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop- erly as they may provide significant pro- tection against injury in an accident. Do not remove them. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. LRS0331 LRS0286Then ᭺ lift up on the lower corner of the seat 2 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENTbase and tip the outboard seating position of the2nd row bench seat forward. To exit the 3rd row To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower,bench seat lift up on the same latch and fold the push and hold the lock knob and push the headseatback forward onto the seat base. Then lift up restraint down.on the seat base and tip it forward. The head restraints on the 2nd and 3rd row seats are removable. The front seat head restraints are not removable.1-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Do not attach anything to the head re- straint stalks. Doing so could impair active head restraint function. The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu- pant in a rear-end collision. The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant’s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whip- lash type injuries. Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most. WRS0134 SPA1025Adjust the head restraint so the center is level Active head restraints operate only in certain ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT (front rear-end collisions. After the collision, the headwith the center of your ears. seats) restraints return to their original positions. Properly adjust the active head restraints as de- WARNING scribed earlier in this section. ● Always adjust the head restraints prop- erly as specified in the previous section. Failure to do so can reduce the effec- tiveness of the active head restraint. ● Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems. Al- ways wear seat belts. No system can prevent all injuries in any accident. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats. ● Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident. Always replace and adjust them prop- erly if they have been removed for any reason. ● If the head restraints are removed for any reason, they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the WRS0368 LRS0341 vehicle in case of sudden braking or anARMRESTS FLEXIBLE SEATING accident.To use the armrests, pull them down to the rest- ● When returning the seatbacks to theing position. WARNING upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi- ● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo᭺A Stowed position area or on the rear seats when they are tion. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an acci-᭺B Resting position in the fold-down position. In a collision, dent or sudden stop. people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be ● Properly secure all cargo to help pre- seriously injured or killed. vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. ● Do not allow people to ride in any area In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured of your vehicle that is not equipped with cargo could cause personal injury. seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Folding the front passenger’s seatback WARNINGTo fold the front passenger’s seatback flat for ● If you fold the front passenger’s seat-extra storage length when transporting long back flat forward to carry longer ob-items: jects, be sure this cargo is properly se- cured and not near an air bag. In a᭺1 Slide the seat to the rear-most position. Lift crash, an inflating air bag might force up on the recline lever, located on the out- side edge of the seat, and fold the seatback that object toward a person. This could forward as far as it will go. Then lift up on the cause severe injury or even death. Se- latch located on the upper corner of the cure objects away from the area in seatback to release the back of the seat. which an air bag would inflate. See “Precautions on supplemental restraint system” later in this section. ● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo LRS0342 area or on the front passenger’s seat ᭺ 2 Once the seatback is released it will enable when it is in the fold-down position. Use you to fold the front passenger seatback flat of these areas by passengers could re- over the seat cushion. sult in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop. 3. To return the front passenger’s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and push it up to an upright position. Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LRS0332 LRS0333 LRS0334Folding the 2nd row captain’s chairs (if ᭺ 3 Then lift up on the recline lever to fold the ᭺ 4 There is a carpet panel flap that can beso equipped) seatback flat forward. folded toward the back of the vehicle.To fold the 2nd row captain’s chairs flat for maxi-mum cargo hauling:᭺1 Raise the armrest to the stowed position. Remove the 2nd row center console, see “Console removal” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this Owner’s Manual.᭺2 Pull the strap forward, located in the center of the seat cushion, and fold the seat cush- ion toward the front of the vehicle.1-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LRS0335 LRS0336 LRS0337᭺5 The carpet panel flaps provide a level cargo Folding the 2nd row bench seat (if so ᭺ 2 Then lift up on the recline lever on the side of floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded equipped) the outboard seats to fold the outboard seat- flat. Reverse this process to return the 2nd backs flat. To fold the center seatback flat, row captain’s chairs to a seating position. To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum pull up on the strap on the edge of the center Make sure to properly raise the seat- cargo hauling: seat cushion and fold the seatback toward back to an upright position and push the front of the vehicle. the seat cushion down into place. ᭺ 1 Pull the strap forward, located in the center of each seat cushion, and fold each seat cushion toward the front of the vehicle. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LRS0338 LRS0339 LRS0374᭺3 There is a carpet panel flap on the back of ᭺ 4 The carpet panel flap provides a level cargo Folding the 3rd row bench seat each seat that can be folded toward the floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded back of the vehicle flat. To fold the 3rd row bench seat flat for maximum cargo capacity: 5. To return the outboard 2nd row bench seats to a seating position reverse the process for Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and the outboard seats. tongues into the retractor base. See “Stowing rear center seat belt” later in this section. Then 6. To return the center seat to a seating posi- tion, lift up on the pull strap on the back of pull up on the latch located in the center of the the seat base while lifting on the seatback. seatback and fold it forward over the seat base. Then push the seat cushion back into place. To return the 3rd row bench seat to a seating Make sure to properly raise the seat- position unfold the seatback and push it back back to an upright position and push until it latches into position. the seat cushion down into place.1-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SEAT BELTS WARNING● When returning the seatbacks, be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector.● Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat.● When attaching the rear center seat belt connector, be certain that the seat- backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured. SSS0136● If the rear center seat belt connector PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position, serious personal USAGE injury may result in an accident or sud- If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad- den stop. justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position in- cludes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SSS0134 SSS0016 WARNING WARNING● Every person who drives or rides in this ● The seat belt should be properly ad- vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may times. Children should be properly re- reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and, if appro- restraint system and increase the priate, in a child restraint. chance or severity of injury in an acci- dent. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.1-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely ● All seat belt assemblies, including re- fastened to the proper buckle. tractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision ● Do not wear the seat belt inside out or by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom- twisted. Doing so may reduce its mends that all seat belt assemblies in effectiveness. use during a collision be replaced un- ● Do not allow more than one person to less the collision was minor and the use the same seat belt. belts show no damage and continue to ● Never carry more people in the vehicle operate properly. Seat belt assemblies than there are seat belts. not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either ● If the seat belt warning light glows con- damage or improper operation is noted. tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat ● All child restraints and attaching hard- SSS0014 belts fastened, it may indicate a mal- ware should be inspected after any col- function in the system. Have the system lision. Always follow the restraint WARNING checked by a NISSAN dealer. manufacturer’s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations.● Always route the shoulder belt over ● Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has The child restraints should be replaced your shoulder and across your chest. activated, it cannot be reused and must if they are damaged. Never run the belt behind your back, be replaced together with the retractor. under your arm or across your neck. The See your NISSAN dealer. CHILD SAFETY belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. ● Removal and installation of the pre- Children need adults to help protect them. tensioner seat belt system components They need to be properly restrained.● Position the lap belt as low and snug as should be done by a NISSAN dealer. possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE In addition to the general information in this WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could manual, child safety information is available from increase the risk of internal injuries in many other sources, including doctors, teachers, an accident. government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • There are three basic types of child restraint for infants and small children. See “Child Re- Small Childrensystems: straints” later in this section. Children that are over one year old and weigh ● Rear facing child restraint Also, there are other types of child restraints between 20 lbs (9 kg) and 40 lbs (18 kgs) can be available for larger children for additional protec- placed in a forward facing child restraint. Refer to ● Front facing child restraint tion. the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and ● Booster seat maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensThe proper restraint depends on the child’s size. and children be restrained in the rear seat. NISSAN recommends that small children beGenerally, infants up to about 1 year and less According to accident statistics, children placed in child restraints that comply with Federalthan 20 pounds (9 kg) should be placed in rear are safer when properly restrained in the Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-facing child restraints. Front facing child re- rear seat than in the front seat. tor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choosestraints are available for children who outgrow a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always This is especially important because your follow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-rear facing child restraints and are at least one vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys- lation and use.year old. Booster seats are used to help position tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no Larger children ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”longer use a front facing child restraint. later in this section. Children who are too large for child restraints WARNING Infants should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided. The seat belt may not fitInfants and children need special protec- Infants up to at least one year old should be properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inchestion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit placed in a rear facing child restraint. NISSAN (142.5 cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18them properly. The shoulder belt may recommends that infants be placed in child re- kg) and 80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should become too close to the face or neck. The straints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle used to obtain proper seat belt fit.lap belt may not fit over their small hip Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehiclebones. In an accident, an improperly fit- NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in ating seat belt could cause serious or fatal Safety Standards. You should choose a child commercially available booster seat if the shoul-injury. Always use appropriate child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow der belt in the child’s seating position fits close torestraints. the manufacturer’s instructions for installation the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat and use. belt goes across the abdomen. The booster seatAll U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri- should raise the child so that the shoulder belt istories require the use of approved child restraints properly positioned across the top, middle por-1-18 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the INJURED PERSONShips. A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt. NISSAN recommends that injured persons useThe booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and seat belts. Check with your doctor for specifichave a label certifying that it complies with Fed- recommendations.eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the childhas grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or WITH RETRACTORnear the face and neck, use the shoulder beltwithout the booster seat. WARNING ● Every person who drives or rides in this WARNING vehicle should use a seat belt at allNever let a child stand or kneel on any times.seat and do not allow a child in the cargo ● Do not ride in a moving vehicle when WRS0137areas while the vehicle is moving. The the seatback is reclined. This can bechild could be seriously injured or killed in dangerous. The shoulder belt will not ᭺ 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractoran accident or sudden stop. be against your body. In an accident, and insert the tongue into the buckle until you could be thrown into it and receive you hear and feel the latch engage.PREGNANT WOMEN neck or other serious injuries. You ● The retractor is designed to lock duringNISSAN recommends that pregnant women use could also slide under the lap belt and a sudden stop or on impact. A slowseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, receive serious internal injuries. pulling motion permits the seat belt toand always position the lap belt as low as pos- ● For the most effective protection when move, and allows you some freedom ofsible around the hips, not the waist. Place the the vehicle is in motion, the seat should movement in the seat.shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your be upright. Always sit well back in thechest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your ● If the seat belt cannot be pulled from seat and adjust the seat belt properly. its fully retracted position, firmly pullabdominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations. Fastening the seat belts the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor. 1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this section. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • fully retracted. Once retracted, the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode. See “Child re- straints” later in this section for more information. The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by a passen- ger, the locking mode should not be acti- vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom- fortable seat belt tension. It can also change the operation of the front passen- ger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in this section. WARNING WRS0138 WRS0139 When fastening the seat belts, be certain᭺3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug that the seatbacks are completely se- Unfastening the seat belts on the hips as shown. cured in the latched position. If they are ᭺ 1 To unfasten the seat belt, press the button on᭺4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the not completely secured, passengers may the buckle. The seat belt automatically re- retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the be injured in an accident or sudden stop. tracts. shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest. Checking seat belt operationThe front passenger seat and the rear seating Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat beltpositions three-point seat belts have a locking movement by two separate methods:mechanism for child restraint installation. It is ● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from thereferred to as the automatic locking mode or child retractor.restraint mode. ● When the vehicle slows down rapidly.When automatic locking mechanism is activatedthe seat belt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows. ● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and re- strict further belt movement.If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any questions about seat belt opera-tion, see a NISSAN dealer. SSS0240 SSS0241 Center of the 3rd row bench seat WARNING The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector ● Always fasten the connector tongue tongue ᭺ and a seat belt tongue ᭺ . Both the 1 2 and the seat belt in the order shown. connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera- ● Always make sure both the connector tion. tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt. Do not use it with only the seat belt tongue attached. This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Stowing the 3rd row center seat belt When folding down the 3rd row seat, the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows: ᭺ 1 Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle ᭺. A ᭺ 2 Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base. ᭺ 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the fabric sleeve so it will lay flat. Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base. WARNING ● Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat. ● When attaching the rear center seat belt connector, be certain that the seat- backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured. ● If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud- LRS0432 den stop. LRS04331-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Attaching the 3rd row center seat belt ● When attaching the rear center seatAlways be sure the 3rd row center seat belt belt connector, be certain that the seat-connector tongue and connector buckle are at- backs are completely secured in thetached. Disconnect only when folding down the latched position and the rear centerrear seat. seat belt connector is completely secured.To connect the buckle: ● If the rear center seat belt connector᭺1 Pull out the connector tongue from the re- and the seatbacks are not secured in tractor base. the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud-᭺2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the fabric den stop. sleeve.᭺3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks. LRS0242 Front and 2nd row outboard seatsThe center seat belt connector tongue and re-ceiver buckle are indicated by the > and < mark. Shoulder belt height adjustment (frontThe center seat belt connector tongue can be and 2nd row outboard seats)attached only into the rear center seat belt con- The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-nector buckle. justed to the position best for you. (See “Precau-To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section.)belt” earlier in this section. To adjust, pull out ᭺ the adjustment button and 1 move the shoulder belt anchor ᭺ to the desired 2 WARNING position, so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face● Do not unfasten the rear center seat and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Re- belt connector except when folding lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder down the rear seat. belt anchor into position. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING SEAT BELT EXTENDERS SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE● After adjustment, release the adjust- If, because of body size or driving position, it is ● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a ment button and try to move the shoul- not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt mild soap solution or any solution recom- der belt anchor up and down to make and fasten it, an extender is available which is mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. sure it is securely fixed in position. compatible with the installed seat belts. The ex- Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat tender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mm) of belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the● The shoulder belt anchor height should length and may be used for either the driver or seat belts to retract until they are completely be adjusted to the position best for you. front passenger seating position. See a NISSAN dry. Failure to do so may reduce the effec- dealer for assistance if an extender is required. tiveness of the entire restraint system ● If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt and increase the chance or severity of guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat WARNING belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder injury in an accident. ● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made belt guide with a clean, dry cloth. by the same company which made the ● Periodically check to see that the seat original equipment seat belts, should belt and the metal components, such as be used with NISSAN seat belts. buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires ● Adults and children who can use the and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, standard seat belt should not use an deterioration, cuts or other damage on the extender. Such unnecessary use could webbing is found, the entire seat belt as- result in serious personal injury in the sembly should be replaced. event of an accident. ● Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud- den stop.1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CHILD RESTRAINTS ● Never install a rear-facing child re- straint in the front seat. An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri- ously injure or kill your child. A rear- facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat. ● NISSAN recommends that the child re- straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac- cording to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. ● An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in ARS1098 WRS0256 an accident.PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD WARNING In general, child restraints are designed to beRESTRAINTS installed with the lap portion of a lap/shoulder ● Infants and small children should never belt. In addition, this vehicle is equipped with a be carried on your lap. It is not possible WARNING for even the strongest adult to resist the universal child restraint lower anchor system, re- ferred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and● Infants and small children should al- forces of a severe accident. The child Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child re- ways be placed in an appropriate child could be crushed between the adult and straints include two rigid or webbing-mounted restraint while riding in the vehicle. parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the attachments that can be connected to these Failure to use a child restraint can re- same seat belt around both your child lower anchors. For details, see the “LATCH sult in serious injury or death. and yourself. (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys- tem” later in this section. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Child restraints for infants and small children of ● After attaching the child restraint, test it WARNINGvarious sizes are offered by several manufactur- before you place the child in it. Push iters. When selecting any child restraint, keep the ● Improper use of a child restraint can from side to side. Try to tug it forwardfollowing points in mind: increase the risk or severity of injury for and check to see if the belt holds the both the child and other occupants of restraint in place. The child restraint ● Choose only a restraint with a label certifying the vehicle. that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle should not move more than 1 inch (25 Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor ● Follow all of the child restraint manu- mm). If the restraint is not secure, facturer’s instructions for installation tighten the belt as necessary, or put the Vehicle Safety Standard 213. and use. When purchasing a child re- restraint in another seat and test it ● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be straint, be sure to select one which will again. sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat fit your child and vehicle. It may not be ● If you must install a front facing child and seat belt system. possible to properly install some types restraint in the front seat, see “Child of child restraints in your vehicle. restraint installation on front passenger ● If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint ● If the child restraint is not anchored seat” later in this section. and check the various adjustments to be properly, the risk of a child being in- ● When your child restraint is not in use, sure the child restraint is compatible with jured in a collision or a sudden stop keep it secured with a seat belt to pre- greatly increases. vent it from being thrown around in your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child’s height and weight. ● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi- case of a sudden stop or accident. Always follow all recommended procedures. tioned to fit the child restraint, but as upright as possible. CAUTIONAll U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and small Remember that a child restraint left in achildren be restrained in an approved child closed vehicle can become very hot.restraint at all times while the vehicle is Check the seating surface and bucklesbeing operated. before placing your child in the child restraint.1-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Ad-ON 2ND ROW CAPTAIN’S CHAIRS just the head restraint to its highest position. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint WARNING should be secured against the vehicle seat● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle back. If necessary, adjust or remove the is equipped with an automatic locking head restraint to obtain the correct child mode retractor which must be used restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” when installing a child restraint. earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure● Failure to use the retractor’s locking to install the head restraint when the child mode will result in the child restraint restraint is removed. If the seating position not being properly secured. The re- does not have an adjustable head restraint straint could tip over or otherwise be and it is interfering with the proper child unsecured and cause injury to the child LRS0347 restraint fit, try another seating position or a in a sudden stop or collision. Front Facing — step 1 different child restraint. Front facing When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row captain’s chairs, follow these steps: Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • LRS0348 LRS0349 LRS0457 Front Facing — step 2 Front Facing — step 3 Front Facing — step 4 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode). It reverts back to Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- emergency locking mode when the seat belt facturer’s instructions for belt routing. is fully retracted.1-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. LRS0350 LRS0352 Front Facing — step 5 Rear Facing — step 15. Before placing the child in the child restraint, Rear facing use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row captain’s chair, follow these steps: that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again ways follow the restraint manufacturer’s in- on the shoulder belt to further tighten the structions. child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • LRS0353 LRS0354 LRS0355 Rear Facing — step 2 Rear Facing — step 3 Rear Facing — step 4 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to emer- Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- gency locking mode when the seat belt is facturer’s instructions for belt routing. fully retracted.1-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic ● When installing a child restraint system locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt in the 2nd row center position both the out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any center seat belt connector tongue and more seat belt webbing out of the retractor, buckle tongue must be secured. the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. LRS0356 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION Rear Facing — step 5 ON 2ND ROW BENCH SEATS (if so5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, equipped) use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure WARNING that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does ● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again is equipped with an automatic locking on the shoulder belt to further tighten the mode retractor which must be used child restraint. If unable to properly secure when installing a child restraint. the restraint move the restraint to another ● Failure to use the retractor’s locking seating position and try again , or try a differ- mode will result in the child restraint ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in not being properly secured. The re- all types of vehicles. straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Ad- just the head restraint to its highest position. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child LRS0376 LRS0377 restraint fit, try another seating position or a Front facing (outboard) — step 1 Front facing (center) — step 1 different child restraint. Front facing When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row bench seat, follow these steps:1-32 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • WRS0250 LRS0458 LRS0457 Front Facing — step 2 Front Facing — step 3 Front Facing — step 42. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode). It reverts back to Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- emergency locking mode when the seat belt facturer’s instructions for belt routing. is fully retracted. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. WRS0252 LRS0373 Front Facing — step 5 Rear facing (outboard) — step 1 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25mm). If it does move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.1-34 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • LRS0375 WRS0383 WRS0385 Rear facing (center) — step 1 Rear Facing — step 2 Rear Facing — step 3Rear facing 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat beltWhen you install a child restraint on the 2nd row hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking modebench seat, follow these steps: (child restraint mode). It reverts to emer- Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- gency locking mode when the seat belt is facturer’s instructions for belt routing. ways follow the restraint manufacturer’s in- fully retracted. structions. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. WRS0384 WRS0386 Rear Facing — step 4 Rear Facing — step 5 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25mm). If it does move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.1-36 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONON 3RD ROW BENCH SEAT WARNING● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint.● Failure to use the retractor’s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The re- straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child LRS0357 LRS0358 in a sudden stop or collision. Front Facing (outboard) — step 1 Front Facing (center) — step 1● When installing a child restraint system Front facing When you install a child restraint on the 3rd row in the rear center position, both the center seat belt connector tongue and bench seat, follow these steps: buckle tongue must be secured. See WARNING 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Ad- “Attaching rear center seat belt” earlier Front-facing child restraints can be in- just the head restraint to its highest position. in this section. stalled in all 3rd row bench seat positions. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s However, front-facing child restraints that instructions. The back of the child restraint require the use of a top tether strap can be should be secured against the vehicle seat installed in the center 3rd row position back. If necessary, adjust or remove the only. Do not install a child restraint requir- head restraint to obtain the correct child ing a top tether strap in an outboard posi- restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” tion and attempt to angle the tether to the earlier in this section. If the head restraint is 3rd row center anchor. removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. WRS0250 LRS0458 Front Facing — step 2 Front Facing — step 3 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat belt hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode). It reverts back to Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- emergency locking mode when the seat belt facturer’s instructions for belt routing. is fully retracted.1-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. LRS0457 WRS0252 Front Facing — step 4 Front Facing — step 54. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move more than 1 inch (25mm). If it does move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • LRS0362 LRS0388 WRS0383 Rear Facing (outboard) — step 1 Rear Facing (center) — step 1 Rear Facing — step 2Rear facing 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until youWhen you install a child restraint on the 3rd row hear and feel the latch engage.bench seat, follow these steps: Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al- facturer’s instructions for belt routing. ways follow the restraint manufacturer’s in- structions.1-40 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • WRS0385 WRS0384 WRS0386 Rear Facing — step 3 Rear Facing — step 4 Rear Facing — step 53. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, fully extended. At this time, the seat belt shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. use force to push the child restraint from retractor is in the automatic locking mode side to side, and tug it forward to make sure (child restraint mode). It reverts to emer- that it is securely held in place. It should not gency locking mode when the seat belt is move more than 1 inch (25mm). If it does fully retracted. move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode) is canceled. WRS0364 LRS0344 LATCH system anchor point locations 2nd LATCH anchor point labels 2nd row cap- row captain’s chairs (if so equipped) tain’s chairs (if so equipped) LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM1-42 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be con- nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. This system is known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil- dren) system. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child re- straints. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys- WRS0416 LRS0382 tem. This information may also be in the child restraint owner’s manual. If you have such a childLATCH system anchor point locations 2nd LATCH anchor point labels 2nd row bench restraint, refer to the illustration for the seating row bench seat (if so equipped) seat (if so equipped) positions equipped with LATCH system anchors WARNING which can be used to secure the child restraint. ● Attach LATCH system compatible child The LATCH system anchors are located at the restraints only at the locations shown. If rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A a child restraint is not secured properly, label is attached to the seatback to help you your child could be seriously injured or locate the LATCH system anchors. killed in an accident. LATCH child restraints generally require the use ● The LATCH system anchors are de- of a top tether strap. See “Top tether strap child signed to withstand only those loads restraint” later in this section for installation in- imposed by correctly fitted child re- structions. straints. Under no circumstance are When installing a child restraint, carefully read they to be used for adult seat belts or and follow the instructions in this manual and harnesses. those supplied with the child restraint. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • When you install a LATCH system compatible TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD restraint and the top of the seatback. Secure thechild restraint to the lower anchor attachments, RESTRAINT tether strap to the tether anchor point on the floorfollow these steps: directly behind the seat. If your child restraint has a top tether strap, it must WARNING be secured to the anchor point provided behind The center position of the 3rd row bench seat is its position. the seating position that can use a top tetherInspect the lower anchors by inserting strap. The center 3rd row seat position does notyour fingers into the lower anchor area have a head restraint. Position the top tetherand feeling to make sure there are no WARNING strap over the top of the seatback and secure it toobstructions over the LATCH system an- Child restraint anchor points are designed the tether anchor bracket as shown later in thischors, such as seat belt webbing or seat to withstand only those loads imposed by section. Tighten the tether strap according to thecushion material. The child restraint will correctly fitted child restraints. Under no manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.not be secured properly if the LATCH sys- circumstances are they to be used fortem anchors are obstructed. adult seat belts or harnesses. WARNING 1. To install the LATCH system compatible First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt In the 3rd row bench seat, a child restraint child restraint, insert the child restraint or the LATCH system (2nd row outboard seat with a top tether strap can only be used in LATCH system anchor attachments into the positions only), as applicable. the center position. Do not place in an anchor points on the seat. If the child re- outboard seating position and attempt to straint is equipped with a top tether, see For the 2nd row bench seats (if so equipped) angle the tether strap to the center “Top tether strap child restraint” later in this outboard seating positions only, adjust the head position. section for installation instructions. restraint to its highest position and route the top 2. After attaching the child restraint and before tether strap between the head restraint and the For best child restraint fit, see the child restraint placing the child in it, use force to push the top of the seatback. Secure the tether strap to the installation instructions in this section and the child restraint from side to side and tug it tether anchor point on the floor directly behind child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. forward to make sure that the child restraint the seat. The center position of the 2nd row is securely held in place. It should not move bench seat is not equipped with a top tether Anchor point locations more than 1 inch (25 mm). anchor point. Anchor points are located on the floor behind the 3. Check to make sure that the child restraint is For the 2nd row captain’s chairs (if so equipped), outboard seating positions only for the 2nd row properly secured prior to each use. adjust the head restraint to its highest position bench seat (if so equipped), on the floor behind and route the top tether strap between the head the 2nd row captain’s chairs (if so equipped) and1-44 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—betty ੭
    • on the floor of the cargo area behind the centerseat position on the 3rd row bench seat asshown.If you have any questions when installing atop strap child restraint on the rear seat,consult your NISSAN dealer for details. WRS0210 LRS0340 Label 2nd row captain’s chairs (if so equipped) Flaps are provided in the carpet for easy access 1. Top tether strap to the anchor points for the 2nd row captain’s 2. Anchor point chairs or 2nd row bench seats and are marked with the label shown. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LRS0361 LRS0343 LRS0370 2nd row bench seat (if so equipped) 3rd row bench seat label 3rd row bench seat 1. Top tether strap 1. Top tether strap 2. Anchor point 2. Anchor point1-46 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WRS0417 WRS0256 WRS0378 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ● NISSAN recommends that child re- ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT straints be installed in the rear seat. However, if you must install a forward WARNING facing child restraint in the front pas- senger seat, move the passenger seat ● Never install a rear-facing child re- to the rearmost position. Also, be sure straint in the front passenger seat. the front passenger air bag status light Supplemental front air bags inflate with is illuminated to indicate the passenger great force. A rear-facing child restraint air bag is OFF. See “Front passenger air could be struck by the supplemental bag and status light” later in this sec- front air bag in a crash and could seri- tion for details. ously injure or kill your child. ● A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen- ger seat. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● The three-point seat belt in your vehicle The back of the child restraint should be is equipped with an automatic locking secured against the vehicle seat back. If mode retractor which must be used necessary, adjust or remove the head re- when installing a child restraint. straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in● Failure to use the retractor’s locking this section. If the head restraint is removed, mode will result in the child restraint store it in a secure place. Be sure to install not being properly secured. The re- the head restraint when the child restraint is straint could tip over or otherwise be removed. If the seating position does not unsecured and cause injury to the child have an adjustable head restraint and it is in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can interfering with the proper child restraint fit, change the operation of the front pas- try another seating position or a different senger air bag. See “Front passenger child restraint. air bag and status light” earlier in this section. WRS0379 Front Facing — step 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, follow these steps: 1. Position the child restraint on the front pas- senger seat. It should be placed in a front-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- structions. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direc- tion and therefore must not be used in the front seat.1-48 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WRS0159 WRS0160 LRS0457 Front Facing — step 2 Front Facing — step 3 Front Facing — step 42. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 4. Allow the seat belt to retract slightly. Pull up restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the seat belt on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in hear and feel the latch engage. retractor is in the automatic locking mode the belt. (child restraint mode). It reverts to emer- Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- gency locking mode when the seat belt is facturer’s instructions for belt routing. fully retracted. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • BOOSTER SEATS 6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt SEATS out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. WARNING ● Infants and small children should al- 7. Check to make sure the child restraint is ways be placed in an appropriate child properly secured prior to each use. If the restraint while riding in the vehicle. seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3 Failure to use a child restraint or through 6. booster seat can result in serious injury 8. Turn the ignition to the ON position. The or death. passenger air bag status light should say ● Infants and small children should never “OFF” or . If this light is not illu- be carried on your lap. It is not possible minated it may indicate a malfunction. Move for even the strongest adult to resist the WRS0380 the child restraint to another seating forces of a severe accident. The child Front Facing — step 5 position. Have the system checked by a could be crushed between the adult and NISSAN dealer. 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint, parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the use force to push the child restraint from After the child restraint is removed and the seat same seat belt around both your child side to side, and tug it forward to make sure belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode and yourself. that it is securely held in place. It should not (child restraint mode) is canceled. ● NISSAN recommends that the booster move more than 1 inch (25 mm). If it does seat be installed in the rear seat. Ac- move more than 1 inch (25 mm), pull again cording to accident statistics, children on the shoulder belt to further tighten the are safer when properly restrained in child restraint. If unable to properly secure the rear seat than in the front seat. the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again , or try a differ- ent child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.1-50 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use a three-point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in- jury in sudden stop or collision.● An improperly installed booster seat could lead to serious injury or death in an accident. LRS0455 WRS0496 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by WARNING several manufacturers. When selecting any ● Do not use towels, books, pillows or booster seat, keep the following points in mind: other items in place of a booster seat. Items such as these may move during ● Choose only a booster seat with a label normal driving or a collision and result certifying that it complies with Federal Motor in serious injury or death. Booster seats Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian are designed to be used with a Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. lap/shoulder belt. Booster seats are de- ● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be signed to properly route the lap and sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat shoulder portions of the seat belt over and seat belt system. the strongest portions of a child’s body to provide the maximum protection dur- ● Make sure the child’s head will be properly ing a collision. supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seat back must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. For example, if a Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or ● After placing the child in the booster territories require that infants and small seat and fastening the seat belt, make children be restrained in an approved child sure the shoulder portion of the belt is restraint at all times while the vehicle is away from the child’s face and neck and being operated. the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen. WARNING ● Do not put the shoulder belt behind the ● Improper use of a booster seat can in- child or under the child’s arm. If you crease the risk or severity of injury for must install a booster seat in the front both the child and other occupants of seat, see “Booster seat installation on the vehicle. front passenger seat” later in this ● Follow all of the booster seat manufac- section. turer’s instructions for installation and ● When your booster seat is not in use, WRS0498 use. When purchasing a booster seat, keep it secured with a seat belt to pre- low back booster seat ᭺ is chosen, the 1 be sure to select one which will fit your vent it from being thrown around in vehicle seat back must be at or above the child and vehicle. It may not be possible case of a sudden stop or accident. center of the child’s ears. If the seat back is to properly install some types of lower than the center of the child’s ears, a booster seats in your vehicle. CAUTION high back booster seat ᭺ should be used. 2 ● If the booster seat and seat belt is not Remember that a booster seat left in a ● If the booster seat is compatible with your used properly, the risk of a child being closed vehicle can become very hot. vehicle, place your child in the booster seat injured in a collision or a sudden stop Check the seating surface and buckles and check the various adjustments to be greatly increases. before placing your child in the booster sure the booster seat is compatible with your ● Adjustable seatbacks should be posi- seat. child. Always follow all recommended pro- tioned to fit the booster seat, but as cedures. upright as possible.1-52 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 2. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces- sary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat. 3. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low WRS0498 WRS0533 and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure toBooster seat installation on 2nd row follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- (outboard position)captain’s chairs (if so equipped) structions for adjusting the belt routing. Booster seat installation on 2nd row 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt bench seat positions (if so equipped) CAUTION toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned CAUTIONDo not use the lap/shoulder belt auto- across the top, middle portion of the child’smatic locking mode when using a booster Do not use the lap/shoulder belt auto- shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatseat with the seat belts. When you install a matic locking mode when using a booster manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting thebooster seat in the rear seat follow these seat with the seat belts. When you install a belt routing.steps: booster seat in the rear seat follow these 5. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- steps: 1. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only tions for properly fastening a seat belt place it in a front facing direction. Always shown in the “Three-point seat belt with 1. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- retractor” earlier in this section. place it in a front facing direction. Always structions. follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 3. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions for adjusting the belt routing. 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the belt routing. 5. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- tions for properly fastening a seat belt WRS0534 shown in the “Three-point seat belt with WRS0499 (center position) retractor” earlier in this section. (outboard position) 2. The booster seat should be positioned on Booster seat installation on 3rd row the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces- bench seat positions sary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit. See CAUTION “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, Do not use the lap/shoulder belt auto- store it in a secure place. Be sure to install matic locking mode when using a booster the head restraint when the booster seat is seat with the seat belts. When you install a removed. If the seating position does not booster seat in the rear seat follow these have an adjustable head restraint and it is steps: interfering with the proper booster seat fit, 1. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only try another seating position or a different place it in a front facing direction. Always booster seat. follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions.1-54 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 3. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- structions for adjusting the belt routing. 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the belt routing. 5. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- tions for properly fastening a seat belt WRS0500 shown in the “Three-point seat belt with LRS0454 (center position) retractor” earlier in this section. Booster seat installation on front pas-2. The booster seat should be positioned on senger seat the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces- sary, adjust or remove the head restraint to WARNING obtain the correct booster seat fit. See “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this NISSAN recommends that child restraints section. If the head restraint is removed, be installed in the rear seat. However, if store it in a secure place. Be sure to install you must install a booster seat in the front the head restraint when the booster seat is passenger seat, move the passenger seat removed. If the seating position does not to the rearmost position. have an adjustable head restraint and it is If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, interfering with the proper booster seat fit, follow these steps: try another seating position or a different booster seat. 1. Move the seat to the rear-most position. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- PRECAUTIONS ON place it in a front facing direction. Always tions for properly fastening a seat belt SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- shown in the “Three-point seat belt with structions. retractor” earlier in this section. SYSTEM 3. The booster seat should be positioned on This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec- the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If neces- tion contains important information concerning sary, adjust or remove the head restraint to the driver and passenger supplemental front air obtain the correct booster seat fit. See bags (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System), “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this supplemental side air bags, curtain side-impact section. If the head restraint is removed, and rollover air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts. store it in a secure place. Be sure to install Supplemental front impact air bag system: the head restraint when the booster seat is The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help removed. If the seating position does not cushion the impact force to the head and chest of have an adjustable head restraint and it is the driver and front passenger in certain frontal interfering with the proper booster seat fit, collisions. try another seating position or a different Supplemental side-impact air bag system booster seat. (if so equipped): This system can help cushion 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low the impact force to the chest area of the driver and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to and front passenger in certain side impact colli- follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- sions. The supplemental side air bag is designed structions for adjusting the belt routing. to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im- pacted. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Supplemental curtain side-impact and roll- Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned over air bag system: This system can help across the top, middle portion of the child’s cushion the impact force to the head of occu- pants in front and rear outboard seating positions shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat in certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the side impact, the curtain air bags are designed to belt routing. inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.1-56 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed toinflate and remain inflated for a short time.These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protection pro-vided by the seat belts and are not a substitutefor them. Seat belts should always be correctlyworn and the occupant seated a suitable dis-tance away from the steering wheel, instrumentpanel and door finishers. See “Seat belts” earlierin this section for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ON orSTART position. WRS0031After turning the ignition key to the ON WARNING ● The seat belts and the supplementalposition, the supplemental air bag warning front air bags are most effective whenlight illuminates. The supplemental air bag ● The supplemental front air bags ordi- you are sitting well back and upright inwarning light will turn off after about 7 narily will not inflate in the event of a the seat. The front air bags inflate withseconds if the system is operational. side impact, rear impact, rollover, or great force. Even with the NISSAN ad- lower severity frontal collision. Also, vanced air bag system, if you are unre- the front passenger air bag will not in- strained, leaning forward, sitting side- flate if the passenger air bag status ways or out of position in any way, you light is lit. See “Front passenger air bag are at greater risk of injury or death in a and status light” later in this section. crash. You may also receive serious or Always wear your seat belts to help fatal injuries from the supplemental reduce the risk or severity of injury in front air bag if you are up against it various kinds of accidents. when it inflates. Always sit back against Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • the seatback and as far away as practi- cal from the steering wheel or instru- ment panel. Always use the seat belts.● The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us- age then inflates the air bags. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.● The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor ARS1133 (weight sensor) that turns the front pas- senger air bag OFF under some condi- WARNING tions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and ● Never let children ride unrestrained or wearing the seat belt can increase the extend their hands or face out of the risk or severity of injury in an accident. window. Do not attempt to hold them in See “Front Passenger air bag and sta- your lap or arms. Some examples of tus light” later in this section. dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.● Keep hands on the outside of the steer- ing wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates.1-58 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043 WARNING● Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags, side air bags or curtain side- impact and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre- teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ARS1044 ARS1045 WRS0256 WARNING ● Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An in- flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See “Child restraints” earlier in this section for details.1-60 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WRS0431 WRS0365 SSS0162 Do not lean against the door. Do not lean against doors or windows. Do not lean against doors or windows. WARNINGSupplemental side air bag (if so equipped)and curtain side-impact and rollover airbag:● The supplemental side air bag and cur- tain side-impact and rollover air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING● The seat belts, the supplemental side air bags and curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up- right in the seat. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against WRS0363 SSS0159 the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ- WARNING ous illustrations. ● When sitting in the 2nd row rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially care- ful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. ● Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation.1-62 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 1. SRS curtain side-impact and rollover air bag modules 2. SRS curtain side-impact and rollover air bag 3. Diagnosis sensor unit 4. Supplemental front air bag modules 5. Crash zone sensor 6. Occupant classification system control unit 7. Occupant classification sensor 8. Seat belt buckle switches 9. Pre-tensioner retractor 10. Satellite sensors 11. Supplemental side air bag modules (if so equipped) NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad- vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regu- lations. It is also permitted in Canada. However, all of the information, cautions and warn- ings in this manual still apply and must be followed. The driver supplemental front air bag is located in WRS0366 the center of the steering wheel. The passengerSafety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • supplemental front air bag is mounted in the light” later in this section for further details. One this, the force of the front air bag inflating candashboard above the glove box. The supplemen- front air bag inflating does not indicate improper increase the risk of injury if the occupant is tootal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher performance of the system. close to, or is against, the front air bag moduleseverity frontal collisions, although they may in- during inflation. If you have any questions about your air bagflate if the forces in another type of collision are The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision. system, please contact NISSAN or your NISSANsimilar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. dealer. If you are considering modification of your The supplemental front air bags operateThey may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact only when the ignition switch is in the ONVehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the or START position.indication of proper supplemental front air bag front of this Owner’s Manual.system operation. After turning the ignition key to the ON When a supplemental front air bag inflates, a position, the supplemental air bag warningThe NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the light illuminates. The supplemental air bagstage inflators. It also monitors information from release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and warning light will turn off after about 7the crash zone sensor, the diagnosis sensor unit, does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken to seconds if the system is operational.seat belt buckle sensors, occupant classification not inhale it, as it may cause irritation and chok-sensor (weight sensor) and passenger seat belt ing. Those with a history of a breathing conditiontension sensor. Inflator operation is based on the should get fresh air promptly.severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the Supplemental front air bags, along with the use ofdriver. For the front passenger, it additionally seat belts, help to cushion the impact force onmonitors the weight of an occupant or object on the face and chest of the front occupants. Theythe seat and seat belt tension. Based on informa- can help save lives and reduce serious injuries.tion from the sensors, only one front air bag may However, an inflating front air bag may causeinflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsand whether the front occupants are belted or do not provide restraint to the lower body.unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger airbag may be automatically turned OFF under Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat beltssome conditions, depending on the weight de- should be correctly worn and the driver and pas-tected on the passenger seat and how the seat senger seated upright as far as practical awaybelt is used. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Thethe passenger air bag status light will be illumi- supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in ordernated. See “Front passenger air bag and status to help protect the front occupants. Because of1-64 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto- matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system. The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be auto- matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used LRS0351 LRS0316 to meet the requirements.Front passenger air bag and status light Status light One sensor used is the occupant classification The front passenger air bag status light sensor (weight sensor). It is in the bottom of the WARNING or is located under the climate controls. front passenger seat cushion and is designed toThe front passenger air bag is designed to The light operates as follows: detect an occupant and objects on the seat byautomatically turn OFF under some con- weight. It works together with seat belt sensorsditions. Read this section carefully to ● Unoccupied passenger seat or when other conditions are met as outlined in this sec- described later. For example, if a child is in thelearn how it operates. Proper use of the front passenger seat, the advanced air bag sys-seat, seat belt and child restraints is nec- tion: The or illuminates to indi- tem is designed to turn the passenger air bagessary for most effective protection. Fail- cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if aure to follow all instructions in this and will not inflate in a crash. child restraint of the type specified in the regula-manual concerning the use of seats, seat ● Occupied passenger seat and the passen- tions is on the seat, its weight and the child’sbelts and child restraints can increase the ger meets the conditions outlined in this weight can be detected and cause the air bag torisk or severity of injury in an accident. section: The light or is OFF to turn OFF. Weight sensor operation can vary de- indicate that the front passenger air bag is pending on the front passenger seat belt sen- operational. sors. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The front passenger seat belt sensors are de- in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the weight If an adult occupant is in the seat and the pas-signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to senger air bag status light is illuminated (indicat-amount of tension on the seat belt, such as when operate as described above to turn the front ing that the air bag is OFF), it could be that theit is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint passenger air bag OFF for specified child re- person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seatmode). Based on the weight on the seat detected straints as required by the regulations. Failing to or not using the seat belt properly. If a childby the weight sensor and the belt tension de- properly secure child restraints and to use the restraint must be used in the front seat, but thetected on the seat belt, the advanced air bag automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) status light is not lit (indicating that the air bagsystem determines whether the front passenger may allow the restraint to tip or move in an acci- might inflate in a crash), it could be that the childair bag should be automatically turned OFF as dent or sudden stop. This can also result in the restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Ifrequired by the regulations. such situations happen, properly position and passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of restrain the occupant or child restraint. Other-Front passenger seat adult occupants who are being OFF. See “Child restraints” earlier in this wise reposition the occupant or child restraint inproperly seated and using the seat belt as out- section for proper use and installation. a rear seat.lined in this manual should not cause the passen- If the front passenger seat is not occupied andger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air the seat belt is not buckled, the passenger air bag bag system, the supplemental air bag warningsmall adults it may be turned OFF. Also, if the is designed not to inflate in a crash. However,occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cush- light , located in the meter and gauges area heavy objects placed on the seat could result in in the center of the instrument panel, will blink.ion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting air bag inflation, because of the object’s weight Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out detected by the weight sensor. Other conditionsof position), this could cause the sensor to turnthe air bag OFF. In addition, if the occupant could also result in air bag inflation, such as if aimproperly uses the seat belt in the automatic child is standing on the seat, or if two children arelocking mode (child restraint mode), this could on the seat, contrary to the instructions in thiscause the air bag to be turned OFF. Always be manual. Always be sure that you and all vehiclesure to be seated and wearing the seat belt occupants are seated and restrained properly.properly for the most effective protection by the Using the passenger air bag status light, you canseat belt and supplemental air bag. monitor when the front passenger air bag is au-NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil- tomatically turned OFF. The light will illuminatedren be properly restrained in a rear seat. (indicating the air bag is OFF and will not inflate)NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child when the front passenger seat is not occupied.restraints and booster seats be properly installed1-66 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Other supplemental front air bag precau- ● Tampering with the supplemental front ● Work on and around the supplementaltions air bag system may result in serious front air bag system should be done by personal injury. Tampering includes a NISSAN dealer. Installation of electri- WARNING changes to the steering wheel and the cal equipment should also be done by a● Do not place any objects on the steer- instrument panel assembly by placing NISSAN dealer. The Supplemental Re- ing wheel pad or on the instrument material over the steering wheel pad straint System (SRS) wiring should not panel. Also, do not place any objects and above the instrument panel or by be modified or disconnected. Unautho- between any occupant and the steering installing additional trim material rized electrical test equipment and wheel or instrument panel. Such ob- around the air bag system. probing devices should not be used on jects may become dangerous projec- the air bag system. ● Modifying or tampering with the front tiles and cause injury if the supplemen- passenger seat may result in serious ● A cracked windshield should be re- tal front air bag inflates. personal injury. For example, do not placed immediately by a qualified re-● Immediately after inflation, several change the front seats by placing mate- pair facility. A cracked windshield could front air bag system components will be rial on the seat cushion or by installing affect the function of the supplemental hot. Do not touch them; you may se- additional trim material, such as seat air bag system. verely burn yourself. covers, on the seat that are not specifi- ● The SRS wiring harness connectors are cally designed to assure proper air bag● No unauthorized changes should be yellow and orange for easy operation. Additionally, do not stow any made to any components or wiring of identification. objects under the front passenger seat the supplemental air bag system. This is or the seat cushion and seatback. Such When selling your vehicle, we request that you to prevent accidental inflation of the objects may interfere with the proper inform the buyer about the supplemental front air supplemental air bag or damage to the operation of the occupant classifica- bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri- supplemental air bag system. tion system (weight sensor). ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.● Do not make unauthorized changes to ● No unauthorized changes should be your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- made to any components or wiring of pension system or front end structure. the seat belt system. This may affect the This could affect proper operation of supplemental front air bag system. the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-67 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions, injuries. Supplemental side air bags and curtain although they may inflate if the forces in another side-impact and rollover air bags do not provide type of collision are similar to those of a higher restraint to the lower body. severity side impact. They are designed to inflate The seat belts should be correctly worn and the on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They driver and passenger seated upright as far as may not inflate in certain side collisions. practical away from the supplemental side air Curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are also bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as designed to inflate in certain types of rollover far away as practical from the door finishers and collisions or near rollovers. side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the indication of proper supplemental side air bag occupants. Because of this, the force of the side and curtain side-impact and rollover air bag op- air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase eration. the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or WRS0381 is against, these air bag modules during inflation. When the supplemental side air bag and curtain The side air bag will deflate quickly after theSupplemental side-impact air bag (if air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, collision is over.so equipped) and curtain side-impact followed by release of smoke. This smoke is notand rollover air bags system harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should The curtain side-impact and rollover air bag will be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation remain inflated for a short time.The supplemental side-impact air bags are lo- and choking. Those with a history of a breathingcated in the outside of the seatback of the front condition should get fresh air promptly. The supplemental side air bags and curtainseats. The supplemental curtain side-impact and side-impact and rollover air bags operate Supplemental side air bags, along with the use of only when the ignition switch is in the ONrollover air bags are located in the side roof rails seat belts, help to cushion the impact force onin all 3 rows. These systems are designed to meet or START positions. the chest of the front occupants. Curtain side-voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the After turning the ignition key to the ONinjury to out-of-position occupants. However, impact force to the head of occupants in the front position, the supplemental air bag warningall of the information, cautions and warn- and rear outboard seating positions in all rows. light illuminates. The supplemental air bagings in this manual still apply and must be They can help save lives and reduce serious warning light will turn off after about 7followed. The supplemental side air bags and injuries. However, an inflating side air bag, or seconds if the system is operational.curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are de- curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other1-68 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING ● Tampering with the supplemental side Pre-tensioner seat belt system (Front● Do not place any objects near the seat- air bag system may result in serious seats) personal injury. For example, do not back of the front seats. Also, do not change the front seats by placing mate- place any objects (an umbrella, bag, WARNING rial near the seatbacks or by installing etc.) between the front door finisher additional trim material, such as seat ● The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be and the front seat. Such objects may covers, around the side air bag. reused after activation. It must be re- become dangerous projectiles and placed together with the retractor and cause injury if the supplemental side air ● Work around and on the curtain air bag buckle as a unit. bag inflates. system should be done by a NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equip- ● If the vehicle becomes involved in a● Right after inflation, several side air bag ment should also be done by a NISSAN frontal collision but the pre-tensioner is and curtain side-impact and rollover air dealer. The SRS wiring harnesses* not activated, be sure to have the pre- bag system components will be hot. Do should not be modified or discon- tensioner system checked and, if nec- not touch them; you may severely burn nected. Unauthorized electrical test essary, replaced by your NISSAN yourself. equipment and probing devices should dealer.● No unauthorized changes should be not be used on the side air bag or cur- ● No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of tain air bag system. made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag the pre-tensioner seat belt system. This system. This is to prevent accidental * The SRS wiring harness or connectors are is to prevent accidental activation of inflation of the side air bag and curtain yellow or orange for easy identification. the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage air bag or damage to the side air bag When selling your vehicle, we request that you to the pre-tensioner seat belt operation. and curtain air bag system. inform the buyer about the supplemental side air Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat● Do not make unauthorized changes to bag and curtain air bag system and guide the belt system may result in serious per- your vehicle’s electrical system, sus- buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s sonal injury. pension system or side panel. This Manual. could affect proper operation of the supplemental curtain air bag system. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-69 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Work around and on the pre-tensioner cause irritation and choking. Those with a history system should be done by a NISSAN of a breathing condition should get fresh air dealer. Installation of electrical equip- promptly. ment should also be done by a NISSAN After the pre-tensioner seat belts have activated, dealer. Unauthorized electrical test load limiters allow the seat belt to release web- equipment and probing devices should bing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the not be used on the pre-tensioner seat chest. belt system. If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner● If you need to dispose of the pre- system, the supplemental air bag warning tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a light will not come on, will flash intermit- NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensioner tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on disposal procedures are set forth in the after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner Incorrect disposal procedures could seat belt may not function properly. They must be LRS0397 cause personal injury. checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to the 1. SRS Air bag warning labels nearest NISSAN dealer.The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt system The warning labels are located on the sur-activates in conjunction with the supplemental air When selling your vehicle, we request that you face of the sun visor.bag systems. Working with the seat belt retrac- inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belttor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle system and guide the buyer to the appropriate 2. SRS Side air bag warning label (if sobecomes involved in certain types of collisions, sections in this Owner’s Manual. equipped)helping to restrain front seat occupants. The warning label is located on the side ofThe pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’s the passenger’s side center pillar.retractor. These seat belts are used the same asconventional seat belts.When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may1-70 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG When the ignition key is in the ON or STARTWARNING LABELS position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsWarning labels about the supplemental front air off. This means the system is operational.bags and supplemental side-impact and rolloverair bags are placed in the vehicle as shown in the If any of the following conditions occur, theillustration. supplemental front air bag, supplemental side air bag, curtain air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt systems need servicing: ● The supplemental air bag warning light re- mains on after approximately 7 seconds. ● The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently. LRS0100 ● The supplemental air bag warning light does SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG not come on at all. WARNING LIGHT Under these conditions, the supplemental front The supplemental air bag warning light, air bag, supplemental side air bags and curtain air displaying in the instrument panel, moni- bag or pre-tensioner seat belt systems may not tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag, operate properly. It must be checked and re- supplemental side air bag and curtain side- paired. Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN impact and rollover air bag and pre-tensioner dealer. seat belt systems. The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diag- nosis sensor unit, crash zone sensor, satellite sensors, rollover sensor, front air bag modules, side air bag modules, curtain air bag modules, pre-tensioner seat belts and all related wiring. Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-71 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warning light ● Once a supplemental front air bag,is on, it could mean that the supplemental supplemental side air bag or curtain airfront air bag, supplemental side air bag, bag has inflated, the air bag module willcurtain air bag systems and/or pre- not function again and must be re-tensioner seat belt systems will not oper- placed. Additionally, if any of theate in an accident. To help avoid injury to supplemental front air bags inflate, theyourself or others, have your vehicle activated pre-tensioner seat belts mustchecked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as also be replaced. The air bag modulepossible. and pre-tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer.Repair and replacement procedure The air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired.The supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags, curtain air bags and pre-tensioner ● The supplemental front air bag, side airseat belts are designed to inflate on a one-time- bag and curtain air bag systems, andonly basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the pre-tensioner seat belt systemthe supplemental air bag warning light remains should be inspected by a NISSANilluminated after inflation has occurred. Repair dealer if there is any damage to theand replacement of these supplemental air bag front end or side portion of the vehicle.systems should be done only by a NISSAN ● If you need to dispose of the supple-dealer. mental air bag, pre-tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle, contact aWhen maintenance work is required on the ve- NISSAN dealer. Correct supplementalhicle, the supplemental front air bags, supple- air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-mental side air bags, curtain air bags, pre- tem disposal procedures are set forth intensioner seat belts and related parts should be the appropriate NISSAN Servicepointed out to the person performing the mainte- Manual. Incorrect disposal proceduresnance. The ignition key should always be in the could cause personal injury.LOCK position when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.1-72 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • MEMO Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-73
    • 2 Instruments and controlsInstrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . . 2-24 Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Daytime running light system (Canada only) . . . . . . 2-26 Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Engine oil pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Automatic transmission fluid temperature Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 gauge (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Compass and outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Heated seat (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Compass display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . 2-30Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . 2-12 Tow mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Instrument panel storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) . . . . . . . . 2-21 Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Map pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Overhead console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Console light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 2nd row center console (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 Cargo area storage bin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Luggage hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 HomeLinkா universal transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Cargo net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Programming HomeLinkா. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Programming HomeLinkா for CanadianWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Operating the HomeLinkா universal Power vent windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 transceiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Manual vent windows (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Sunroof (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Automatic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Reprogramming a single HomeLinkா button . . . . . . 2-55Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • INSTRUMENT PANEL 1. Ventilators (P. 4-14) 2. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27) 3. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/ turn signal switch (P. 2-24) 4. Steering wheel switch for audio control (P. 4-37) 5. Driver supplemental air bag/horn (P. 1-56, P. 2-29) 6. Meters, gauges and warning/indicator lights (P. 2-3, 2-12) 7. Cruise control main/set switches (P. 5-14) 8. Windshield wiper/washer switch and rear window wiper/washer switch (P. 2-22, P. 2-23) 9. Ignition switch (P. 5-7) 10. Navigation system* (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 11. Navigation system* controls (if so equipped) (P. 4-2) 12. Audio system controls (P. 4-28, 4-31) 13. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P. 1-56) 14. Glove box (P. 2-35) 15. Climate controls (P. 4-15, 4-24) 16. Aux jack (if so equipped) (P. 4-36) WIC08512-2 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • METERS AND GAUGES17. Heated seat switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-29)18. Power outlet/cigarette lighter (accessory) (P. 2-31/P. 2-32)19. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch (P. 2-30)20. Tow mode switch (P. 2-31)21. Shift selector lever (P. 5-9)22. Power outlet (P. 2-31)23. Front passenger air bag status light (P. 1-65)24. Hazard lights (P. 2-28)25. 4WD shift switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-17)26. Tilt steering wheel control (P. 3-16)27. Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-30)28. Pedal position adjustment switch (P. 3-16)29. Back door open/close switch (if so equipped) (P. 3-9) LIC0540*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own- 7. Automatic transmission fluid tempera- 1. Warning/indicator lightser’s Manual (if so equipped). 2. Tachometer ture gauge (if so equipped)See the page number indicated in paren- 3. Speedometer 8. Odometer/Twin trip odometertheses for operating details. 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge 9. Voltmeter 5. Fuel gauge 6. Engine oil pressure gauge Instruments and controls 2-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The odometer records the total distance the ve- hicle has been driven. The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips. LIC0541 LIC05421. Speedometer Changing the display:2. Odometer/twin trip display Pushing the change button changes the display3. Change button as follows:SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Trip → Trip → Odometer onlySpeedometer Resetting the trip odometer:The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec-miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour ond resets the trip odometer to zero.(km/h). Elapsed time, driving distance and averageOdometer/Twin trip odometer speed information is also available for vehicles with navigation system (if so equipped). Refer toThe odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed “Control panel buttons” in the “Display screen,when the ignition key is in the ON position. heater, air conditioner and audio systems” sec- tion later in this manual.2-4 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera- ture near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature. If the gauge is over the nor- mal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the engine is over- heated, continued operation of the ve- hicle may seriously damage the engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “In case of emergency” section for immediate action required. LIC0543 LIC0544TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREThe tachometer indicates engine speed in revo- GAUGElutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine into The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-the red zone ᭺. 1 ture. The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range ᭺ when the gauge needle points 1 CAUTION within the zone shown in the illustration.When engine speed approaches the red The engine coolant temperature varies with thezone, shift to a higher gear. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause serious outside air temperature and driving conditions.engine damage. Instruments and controls 2-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the driver’s side of the vehicle. CAUTION ● If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few driving trips, the lamp should turn off. If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. LIC0545 ● For additional information, see “Mal- LIC0546FUEL GAUGE function indicator lamp (MIL)” later in ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE this section.The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys-in the tank. tem oil pressure while the engine is running. When the engine speed is high, the engine oilThe gauge may move slightly during braking, pressure is also high. When it is low, the gaugeturning, acceleration, or going up or down hills. indicates the low oil pressure.The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theignition key is turned to OFF. CAUTIONThe low fuel warning light comes on when the ● This gauge is not designed to indicateamount of fuel in the tank is getting low. low engine oil level. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See “Engine oil” inRefill the fuel tank before the gauge regis- the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”ters E (Empty). section.)2-6 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine. LIC0547 LIC0548 VOLTMETER AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- TEMPERATURE GAUGE (if so tion, the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage. equipped) When the engine is running, it indicates the gen- erator voltage. This gauge indicates the temperature of the au- tomatic transmission fluid. The automatic trans- While cranking the engine, the volts drop below mission fluid temperature is in the normal range the normal range. If the needle is not in the normal range (11 – 15 volts) ᭺ while the engine is 1 ᭺ when the gauge needle points within the zone 1 shown in the illustration. running, it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Instruments and controls 2-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • COMPASS AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY This unit has the following functions: CAUTION● This gauge is not designed to indicate ● Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi- low automatic transmission fluid level. cates heading direction of vehicle Use the dipstick to check the fluid level. ● Indicates outside air temperature (See “5-speed automatic transmission fluid” in the “Maintenance and do-it- ● Indicates possible frozen road conditions yourself” section.)● If the gauge indicates automatic trans- mission fluid temperature over the nor- mal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. Contin- ued operation of the vehicle may seri- ously damage the transmission. LIC0659 Type A OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Push the mode button ᭺ when the ignition key is 1 in the ON position to change the display as follows: °F → °C → OFF → °F. ● If the outside temperature drops below the freezing point, the display indicates ICE. ● When the outside temperature is between 130°F (55°C) and 158°F (70°C), the display shows 130°F (55°C). ● When the outside temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and -40°F (-40°C), the dis- play shows -22°F (-30°C).2-8 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Temperature display will not increase unless the vehicle is moving faster than 12 mph (20 km/h). ● If the ignition has been off for less than 2 hours and the outside temperature is greater than the last detected temperature, the dis- play will show the last detected temperature when the ignition is turned on. COMPASS DISPLAY Push the mode button ᭺ when the ignition key is 1 in the ON position to turn on the compass dis- play. The arrow ᭺ indicates direction. 2 LIC0660 N: north Type B E: east● When the outside temperature is lower than S: south -40°F (-40°C) or higher than 158°F (70°C), W: west the display shows only — — — though it is If the display reads “CAL”, calibrate the compass operating. This is not a malfunction. by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at● The outside temperature sensor is located in less than 5 MPH (8 km/h). front of the radiator. The sensor may be You can also calibrate the compass by driving affected by road or engine heat, wind direc- your vehicle on your everyday route. The com- tion and other driving conditions. The display pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three may differ from the actual outside tempera- complete circles. ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards. Instruments and controls 2-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo- graphical north is known as variance. In some areas, this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings. Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens: 1. Press and hold the mode button for about 10 seconds. The current zone number will appear in the display. 2. Find your current location on the zone map. Refer to the illustration. Record the zone number. 3. Press the mode button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number shows in the display. After you stop pressing the switch in, the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds. Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function. If the correct direction is not shown, follow this procedure. 1. With the display turned on, press and hold the mode button for about 8 seconds. The current zone number will appear in the dis- WIC0355 play.2-10 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 2. Toggle until the correct zone is found and CAUTION release the button. Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,3. The display will return to the normal com- which are attached to the vehicle by pass mode within a few seconds of no but- means of a magnet. They affect the opera- ton activity. tion of the compass.4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1 through 3. See map.● If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment, have the compass checked at an authorized dealer.● The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill. (The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve- hicle moves to an area where the geomag- netism is stabilized.)● If a magnet is located in or near the overhead console in the front of the vehicle or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial mag- netism is disturbed, the compass display may not indicate the correct direction. Instruments and controls 2-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti-lock brake warning light Low fuel warning light or Front passenger air bag status light Automatic transmission check warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (Blue) Automatic transmission park warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ( model) or Brake warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light (NVIS) Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light Check suspension warning light (if so Automatic transmission position indicator light Transfer 4LO position indicator light equipped) ( model) Door open warning light Cruise main switch indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights Engine oil pressure low/engine coolant tem- Cruise set switch indicator light Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light perature high warning light 4WD warning light ( model) 4WD shift indicator light ( model)CHECKING BULBS The following lights come on briefly and then go WARNING LIGHTS off: or Anti-lock brakeWith all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand turn the ignition key to the ON position or , , , , , warning lightwithout starting the engine. The following lights , , , If the light comes on while the engine is running,will come on: If any light fails to come on, it may indicate it may indicate the anti-lock brake system is not , or , , , , a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the functioning properly. Have the system checked electrical system. Have the system repaired by a NISSAN dealer. promptly.2-12 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • If an abnormality occurs in the system, the anti- ● When parking, always make sure that in the P (Park) position, the transmission willlock function ceases, but the regular braking the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates disengage and the drive wheels will not lock.system continues to operate. and the parking brake is set. Failure to or Brake warning lightIf the light comes on while you are driving, engage the 4WD shift switch in 2WD,contact a NISSAN dealer for repair. AUTO, 4H or 4LO could result in the This light functions for both the parking brake and vehicle moving unexpectedly, resulting the foot brake systems. Automatic transmission check in serious personal injury or property warning light damage. When the ignition key is in the ON position, the ● All mode 4WD: The warning light may light comes on when the parking brake is applied,When the ignition switch is turned ON, the light and also warns of a low brake fluid level. If the come on when the ignition switch is ONcomes on for about 2 seconds. If the light comes and the automatic transmission lever is light comes on while the engine is running withon at any other time, it may indicate the automatic shifted to the P position while shifting the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicletransmission system is not functioning properly. the transfer case between 4H and 4LO. and perform the following:Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD, 1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid AUTO, 4H, or 4LO position again to turn Automatic transmission park off the ATP warning light when the as necessary. See “Brake fluid” in the “Main- warning light ( model) tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this warning light comes on. (Before shift- manual. ing the 4WD switch into the 4LO posi- WARNING tion or out of 4LO in the 4H position, 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the● If the ATP light is ON, this indicates that move the automatic transmission se- brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer. the automatic transmission P (Park) po- lector lever into the N position.) Shift sition will not function and the transfer the selector lever into the P position WARNING case is in neutral. and make sure that the 4WD shift indi- cator light is ON and the ATP warning ● Your brake system may not be working light is OFF.) properly if the warning light is on. Driv- ing could be dangerous. If you judge it This light indicates that the automatic transmis- to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest sion parking function is not engaged. If the trans- service station for repairs. Otherwise, fer control is not secured in any drive position have your vehicle towed because driv- while the automatic transmission selector lever is ing it could be dangerous. Instruments and controls 2-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Pressing the brake pedal with the en- For additional information, refer to “Jacking up CAUTION gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid vehicle and removing the damaged tire” in the “In level may increase your stopping dis- case of emergency” section of this manual. ● Running the engine with the engine oil tance and braking will require greater pressure warning light on could cause pedal effort as well as pedal travel. Door open warning light serious damage to the engine almost immediately. Such damage is not cov-● If the brake fluid level is below the This light comes on when any of the doors are not ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON soon as it is safe to do so. fluid reservoir, do not drive until the position. brake system has been checked at a ● If the gauge indicates engine coolant NISSAN dealer. Engine oil pressure temperature over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos- low/Engine coolant tempera- sible. If the engine is overheated, con- Charge warning light ture high warning light tinued operation of the vehicle may se-If this light comes on while the engine is running, This light warns of low engine oil pressure or high riously damage the engine. See “If yourit may indicate the charging system is not func- engine coolant temperature. vehicle overheats” in the “In case oftioning properly. Turn the engine off and check emergency” section for immediate ac-the generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken, If the light flickers or comes on during normal tion required.missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSAN driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine and allow it to cool. If the light remains on 4WD warning light (dealer immediately. after checking the oil and coolant, stop the en- model) CAUTION gine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or The 4WD warning light comes on when the key other authorized repair shop.Do not continue driving if the generator switch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after thebelt is loose, broken or missing. This light is not designed to indicate a low engine is started. oil or low coolant level. Check the oil level If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly, Check suspension warning with the dipstick and check the coolant level on the warning light will either remain illuminated or light (if so equipped) the reservoir. See “Engine oil” and “Checking engine coolant level” in the “Maintenance and blink. See “4WD warning light” in the “StartingThis light may indicate a malfunction in the auto- do-it-yourself” section of this manual. Also see “If and driving” section.leveling suspension. your vehicle overheats” in the “In case of emer- gency” section of this manual.2-14 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CAUTION Low tire pressure warning Low tire pressure warning: light If the vehicle is being driven with very low tire● If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation, have your vehicle After the ignition switch is turned ON, this light pressure (lower than 28 psi, 193 kPa), the light checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as comes on for about 1 second and turns off. will illuminate and the chime will sound for about possible. 10 seconds. If you select the tire pressure infor- This light warns of low tire pressure. mation in the display (if so equipped), the FLAT● Do not drive on dry hard surface roads TIRE warning message will be displayed. in the 4H or 4LO position. If the 4WD NISSAN’s low tire pressure warning system is a warning light turns on when you are tire pressure monitoring system. It monitors tire For additional information, see “Low tire pressure driving on dry hard surface roads: pressure of all tires except the spare. When the warning system” in the “Starting and driving” tire pressure monitoring system warning light is – in the AUTO or 4H position, shift the section and “Low tire pressure warning system” lit, one or more of your tires is significantly under- 4WD shift switch to 2WD. inflated. You should stop and check your tires as in the “In case of emergency” section. – in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle, soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper move the automatic transmission pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s tire infor- WARNING shift selector lever to the N position mation placard. Driving on a significantly under- ● If the light does not come on with the and shift the 4WD shift switch to inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can key switch turned ON, have the vehicle 2WD. lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as● If the warning light is still on after the fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect possible. above operation, have your vehicle the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Each checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as tire, including the spare, should be checked possible. monthly when cold and set to the recommended inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle plac- Low fuel warning light ard and owner’s manual. The recommended inflation pressure may also beThis light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel found on the Tire and Loading Information Label.tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve-nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E(Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuelin the tank when the fuel gauge needlereaches E (Empty). Instruments and controls 2-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● If the light comes on while driving, is fastened. At the same time, the chime sounds CAUTION avoid sudden steering maneuvers or for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, ● The low tire pressure warning system is is securely fastened. pull off the road to a safe location and not a substitute for the regular tire pres- sure check. Be sure to check the tire Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat stop the vehicle as soon as possible. belts and supplemental restraint system” section Serious vehicle damage could occur pressure regularly. for precautions on seat belt usage. and may lead to an accident and could ● If the vehicle is being driven at speeds result in serious personal injury. Check of less than 20 MPH (32 km/h), the low Supplemental air bag warning the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust tire pressure warning system may not light the tire pressure to the recommended operate correctly. COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire When the ignition key is in the ON or START ● Be sure to install the specified size of position, the supplemental air bag warning light and Loading Information label to turn tires to the 4 wheels correctly. illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still comes on while driving off. This means the system is operational. Low windshield washer fluid after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire If any of the following conditions occur, the may be flat. If you have a flat tire, re- warning light supplemental front air bags, supplemental side place it with a spare tire as soon as This light comes on when the windshield washer air bags (if so equipped), curtain side-impact and possible. fluid is at a low level. Add windshield washer fluid rollover air bags, and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel as necessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the tems need servicing and your vehicle must be is replaced, tire pressure will not be “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this taken to a NISSAN dealer: indicated and the low tire pressure manual. ● The supplemental air bag warning light re- warning system will not function. Con- mains on after approximately 7 seconds. tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as Seat belt warning light and possible for tire replacement and/or chime ● The supplemental air bag warning light system resetting. flashes intermittently. The light and chime remind you to fasten your ● The supplemental air bag warning light does seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the not come on at all. ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver’s seat belt2-16 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental Cruise main switch indicator or Front passengerrestraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre- light air bag status lighttensioner seat belts may not function properly.For additional details see “Supplemental restraint The light comes on when the cruise control main The front passenger air bag status light (system” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and switch is pushed. The light goes out when the or ) will be lit and the passenger front airsupplemental restraint system” section of this main switch is pushed again. When the cruise bag will be OFF depending on how the frontmanual. main switch indicator light comes on, the cruise passenger seat is being used. control system is operational. For front passenger air bag status light operation, WARNING see “Front passenger air bag and status light” in Cruise set switch indicator the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalIf the supplemental air bag warning light lightis on, it could mean that the supplemental restraint system” section of this manual.front air bag, supplemental side air bag, The light comes on while the vehicle speed is High beam indicator lightcurtain side-impact and rollover air bag controlled by the cruise control system. If the lightsystems (if so equipped) and/or pre- (Blue) blinks while the engine is running, it may indicatetensioner seat belt systems will not oper- the cruise control system is not functioning prop- This blue light comes on when the headlight highate in an accident. To help avoid injury to erly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN beams are on and goes out when the low beamsyourself or others, have your vehicle dealer. are selected.checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible. 4WD shift indicator light The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated. ( model)INDICATOR LIGHTS Malfunction indicator lamp The light should turn off within 1 second after Automatic transmission posi- turning the ignition switch to ON. (MIL) tion indicator light If this indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks While the engine is running, the 4WD shift indi- while the engine is running, it may indicate aWhen the ignition key is turned to the ON posi- cator light will illuminate the position selected by potential emission control malfunction.tion, this indicator light shows the automatic the 4WD shift switch.transmission selector lever position. See “Driving The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on The 4WD shift indicator light may blink steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, or ifthe vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” section while shifting from one drive mode to the the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sureof this manual. other. the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly, Instruments and controls 2-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons (11.4 ● Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — An Security indicator light (NVIS)liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. engine misfire has been detected which may This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in damage the emission control system. To re-After a few driving trips, the lamp should the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This function duce or avoid emission control system dam-turn off if no other potential emission control indicates the security system equipped on the age:system malfunction exists. vehicle is operational. – do not drive at speeds above 45 MPHIf this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20 For additional information, see “Security sys- (72 km/h).seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when tems” later in this section.the engine is not running, it indicates that the – avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys- Slip indicator light – avoid steep uphill grades.tem inspection/maintenance test. See “Readi- This indicator light will blink when the tractionness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the – if possible, reduce the amount of cargo control system is limiting wheel spin. Slippery“Technical and consumer information” section of being hauled or towed. road conditions may exist if the slip indicatorthis manual. blinks on. If this happens, adjust your driving The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinkingOperation and come on steady. Have the vehicle inspected accordingly. by a NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have The slip indicator light also comes on when youThe malfunction indicator lamp will come on in your vehicle towed to the dealer. turn the ignition key to the ON position. The lightone of two ways: will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is ● Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — An CAUTION operational. If the light does not come on or does emission control system malfunction has not go off, have the traction control system Continued vehicle operation without hav- been detected. Check the fuel filler cap. If checked by a NISSAN dealer. ing the emission control system checked the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tighten and repaired as necessary could lead to Transfer 4LO position indica- or install the cap and continue to drive the poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, vehicle. The lamp should turn off after tor light ( model) and possible damage to the emission con- a few driving trips. If the lamp does trol system. The light should turn off within 1 second after not turn off after a few driving trips, have the turning the ignition switch to ON. vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. You This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is do not need to have your vehicle towed to set in the 4LO position with the ignition key in the the dealer. ON position.2-18 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position Vehicle dynamic control off AUDIBLE REMINDERSand the light blinks, stop the vehicle, drive slowly indicator light Brake pad wear warningforward and the light will turn on. This indicator light comes on when the vehicle The front disc brake pads have audible wearWhen you shift between 4H and 4LO, stop the dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF. This warnings. When a front brake pad requires re-vehicle, move the automatic transmission selec- indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is placement, it makes a high pitched scrapingtor lever to the N (Neutral) position, then push the not operating. sound when the vehicle is in motion, whether or4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H. not the brake pedal is depressed. Have the Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again brakes checked as soon as possible if the warn-The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the or restart the engine and the system will operate ing sound is heard.switch while driving. normally. See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch system” in the “Starting and driving” section of Key reminder chime this manual.between 4H and 4LO unless you have first A chime sounds if the driver’s door is openedstopped the vehicle and moved the automatic The vehicle dynamic control light also comes on while the key is left in the ignition switch. Removetransmission shift selector lever to N (Neutral). when you turn the ignition key to the ON position. the key and take it with you when leaving theMake sure the transfer 4LO position indicator The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the vehicle.light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch system is operational. If the light stays on orto 4LO. comes on along with the SLIP indicator light Light reminder chime while you are driving, have the vehicle dynamic With the ignition switch in the OFF position, aThe indicator light may blink while shifting control system checked by a NISSAN dealer. chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened iffrom one drive mode to the other. While the vehicle dynamic control system is op- the headlights or parking lights are on. Turn signal/hazard indicator erating, you might feel slight vibration or hear the Turn the headlight control switch off before leav- system working when starting the vehicle or ac- lights celerating, but this is normal. ing the vehicle.The appropriate light flashes when the turn signalswitch is activated.Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turnedon. Instruments and controls 2-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SECURITY SYSTEMS brief period. Never leave your keys in the ignition, The horn may or may not beep. Refer to and always lock the vehicle when unattended. Be “Silencing the horn beep feature” (vehicles aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, without navigation system) in the “Pre- well-lit areas whenever possible. driving checks and adjustments” section or Many devices offering additional protection, such “Vehicle electronic systems” (vehicles with as component locks, identification markers, and navigation system) in the “Display screen, tracking systems, are available at auto supply heater, air conditioner and audio systems” stores and specialty shops. Your NISSAN dealer section. may also offer such equipment. Check with your 4. Confirm that the indicator light comes insurance company to see if you may be eligible on. The light stays on for about 30 for discounts for various theft protection features. seconds. The vehicle security system is now How to arm the vehicle security system pre-armed. After about 30 seconds the ve- hicle security system automatically shifts LIC0559 1. Close all windows. (The system can be into the armed phase. The light begins armed even if the windows are open.)Your vehicle has two types of security systems: to flash once every 3 seconds. If, during the 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is ● Vehicle security system unlocked by the key or the keyfob, or the 3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors ● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System—NVIS can be locked with the key, power door lock ignition key is turned to ACC or ON, the switch or with the keyfob. system will not arm.VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM Keyfob operation: ● If the key is turned slowly when lockingThe vehicle security system provides visual and the door, the system may not arm. Fur-audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors ● Push the button on the keyfob. thermore, if the key is turned beyondwhen the system is armed. It is not, however, a All doors lock. The hazard lights flash the vertical position toward the unlockmotion detection type system that activates when twice and the horn beeps once to indicate position to remove the key, the systema vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. all doors are locked. may be disarmed when the key is re-The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot ● When the button is pushed with moved. If the indicator light fails toprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or all doors locked, the hazard lights flash glow for 30 seconds, unlock the doorexterior vehicle components in all situations. Al- twice and the horn beeps once as a re- once and lock it again.ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a minder that the doors are already locked.2-20 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Even when the driver and/or passen- NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER Statement related to Section 15 of FCC gers are in the vehicle, the system will SYSTEM (NVIS) Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- arm with all doors closed and locked tem (CONT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER, ANT with the ignition key in the OFF posi- The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) ASSY — IMMOBILIZER) tion. will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered NVIS key. This device complies with part 15 of theVehicle security system activation FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry If the engine fails to start using a registered NVIS Canada. Operation is subject to the follow-The vehicle security system will give the following key (for example, when interference is caused by ing two conditions;alarm: another NVIS key, an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring), (1) This device may not cause harmful in- ● The headlights blink and the horn sounds terference, and (2) this device must accept intermittently. restart the engine using the following proce- dures: any interference received, including inter- ● The alarm automatically turns off after ap- ference that may cause undesired opera- proximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position tion of the device. reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with for approximately 5 seconds. CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX- again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC- a door with the key, or by pressing the position, and wait approximately 10 sec- TURER FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID button on the keyfob. onds. THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATEThe alarm is activated by: THE EQUIPMENT. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2. ● opening a door without using the key or 4. Restart the engine while holding the device keyfob (even if the door is unlocked by using (which may have caused the interference) the inside lock knob or the power door lock separate from the registered NVIS key. switch). If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-How to stop an activated alarm ommends placing the registered NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from otherThe alarm stops only by unlocking a door with the devices.key, or by pressing the button on the key-fob. Instruments and controls 2-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH NOTE: You can turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func- tion for vehicles with navigation system. Refer to “Vehicle electronic systems” in the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems” section later in this manual. ᭺ 2 Low — continuous low speed operation ᭺ 3 High — continuous high speed operation Push the lever up ᭺ to have one sweep opera- 4 tion of the wiper. LIC0474 WIC0843 Pull the lever toward you ᭺ to operate the 5Security indicator light SWITCH OPERATION washer. The wiper will also operate several times.The security indicator light blinks whenever the The windshield wiper and washer operates when WARNINGignition switch is in the LOCK, OFF or ACC the ignition switch is in the ON position.position. This function indicates the NISSAN Ve- In freezing temperatures the washer solu-hicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) is operational. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the tion may freeze on the windshield and following speed: obscure your vision which may lead to anIf the NVIS is malfunctioning, the light will remain accident. Warm the windshield with theon while the ignition key is in the ON position. ᭺ 1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can be defroster before you wash the windshield. adjusted by turning the knob toward ᭺ AIf the light still remains on and/or the en- (Slower) or ᭺ (Faster). Also, the intermit- Bgine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for CAUTION tent operation speed varies in accordanceNVIS service as soon as possible. Please ● Do not operate the washer continu- with the vehicle speed. (For example, whenbring all NVIS keys that you have when ously for more than 30 seconds.visiting your NISSAN dealer for service. the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.) ● Do not operate the washer if the reser- voir tank is empty.2-22 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH● Do not fill the window washer reservoir WARNING tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol In freezing temperatures the washer solu- based washer fluid concentrates may tion may freeze on the window and ob- permanently stain the grille if spilled scure your vision. Warm the rear window while filling the window washer reser- with the defroster before you wash the voir tank. rear window.● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with CAUTION water to the manufacturer’s recom- mended levels before pouring the fluid ● Do not operate the washer continu- into the window washer reservoir tank. ously for more than 30 seconds. Do not use the window washer reservoir ● Do not operate the washer if the reser- tank to mix the washer fluid concen- voir tank is empty. trate and water. WIC0844 ● Do not fill the window washer reservoir The rear window wiper and washer operate when tank with washer fluid concentrates at the ignition switch is in the ON position. full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position permanently stain the grille if spilled to operate the wiper. while filling the window washer reser- ᭺ 1 Intermittent – intermittent operation (not ad- voir tank. justable) ● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recom- ᭺ 2 Low – continuous low speed operation mended levels before pouring the fluid Push the switch forward ᭺ to operate the 3 into the window washer reservoir tank. washer. The wiper will also operate several times. Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen- trate and water. Instruments and controls 2-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH SWITCH LIC0782 LIC0488 LIC0560 Type A Type B Type ATo defrost the rear window glass and outside HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHmirrors, start the engine and push the rear win-dow defroster switch on. The rear window de- Lightingfroster indicator light on the switch comes on.Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. ᭺ 1 When turning the switch to the posi- tion, the front parking, tail, license plate andThe rear window defroster automatically turns off instrument panel lights come on.after approximately 15 minutes. ᭺ 2 When turning the switch to the posi- CAUTION tion, the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on.When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.2-24 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • NOTE: Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff is adjust- able for vehicles with navigation system. See “Vehicle electronic systems” in the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems” section later in this manual. To turn on the autolight system: 1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi- tion ᭺. 1 2. Turn the ignition key to ON. LIC0687 3. The autolight system automatically turns the LIC0561 headlights on and off. Type B Autolight system Initially, if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a CAUTION The autolight system allows the headlights to be door is opened and left open, the headlightsUse the headlights with the engine run- set so they turn on and off automatically. The remain ON for 5 minutes. If another door isning to avoid discharging the vehicle autolight system can: opened during the 5 minutes, then the 5 minutebattery. timer is reset. ● Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail, license plate and instrument panel lights au- To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to tomatically when it is dark. the OFF, , or position. ● Turn off all the lights when it is light. ● Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed. Instruments and controls 2-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the or position, the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the or position. CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au- tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time, you should turn the head- light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. LIC0836 LIC0562 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMBe sure you do not put anything on top of Headlight beam select (Canada only)the autolight sensor ᭺ located in the top 1side of the instrument panel. The autolight ᭺ 1 To select the high beam function, push the The headlights automatically illuminate at a re-sensor controls the autolight; if it is cov- lever forward. The high beam lights come on duced intensity when the engine is started withered, the autolight sensor reacts as if it is and the light illuminates. the parking brake released. The daytime runningdark out and the headlights will illuminate. lights operate with the headlight switch in theIf this occurs while parked with the engine ᭺ 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam. OFF position or in the position. Turn theoff and the key in the ON position, your ᭺ 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight switch to the position for fullvehicle’s battery could become discharged. headlight high beams on and off. illumination when driving at night. Battery saver system If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the daytime running lights do not illumi- If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the nate. The daytime running lights illuminate when headlight switch is in the or posi- the parking brake is released. The daytime run- tion, the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes. ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off.2-26 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNINGWhen the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself and others. LIC0392 LIC0563 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS TURN SIGNAL SWITCH CONTROL Turn signal The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in ᭺ 1 Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is com- the , or AUTO position (with auto- pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically. lights activated). Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru- Lane change signal ment panel lights when driving at night. ᭺ 2 To signal a lane change, move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash, but the lever does not latch. Instruments and controls 2-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ● Turn signals do not work when the haz- ard warning flasher lights are on. The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position. Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving. LIC0564 LIC0394FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenTo turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch you must stop or park under emergency condi-to the position, then turn the fog light tions. All turn signal lights flash.switch to the position. To turn them off,turn the fog light switch to the OFF position. WARNINGThe headlights must be on and the low beams ● If stopping for an emergency, be sure toselected for the fog lights to operate. The fog move the vehicle well off the road.lights automatically turn off when the high beamheadlights are selected. ● Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.2-28 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • HORN HEATED SEAT (if so equipped) CAUTION ● Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat. ● Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush- ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated. ● Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater. LIC0604 LIC0690 ● Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with aTo sound the horn, push the center pad area of The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters (if dry cloth.the steering wheel. so equipped). ● When cleaning the seat, never use 1. Start the engine. gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi- WARNING lar materials.Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so 2. Push the (low) or (high) posi- tion of the switch, as desired, depending on ● If any abnormalities are found or thecould affect proper operation of the the temperature. The indicator light in the heated seat does not operate, turn thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam- switch will illuminate. switch off and have the system checkedpering with the supplemental front air bag by your NISSAN dealer.system may result in serious personal The heater is controlled by a thermostat,injury. automatically turning the heater on and off. ● The battery could run down if the seat The indicator light will remain on as long as heater is operated while the engine is the switch is on. not running. 3. When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch off. Instruments and controls 2-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCHOFF SWITCH (if so equipped) the indicator light on the switch will illuminate. Push the switch again to enable the system. The indicator light will go off. The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is turned on. See “Rear sonar system” in the “Starting and driving” section. WIC0534 LIC0471The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle WARNINGDynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driv-ing conditions. The rear sonar system is a convenienceIf the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC but it is not a substitute for proper back-system reduces the engine output to reduce ing. Always turn and check that it is safe towheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced do so before backing up. Always back upeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If slowly.maximum engine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off. The rear sonar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift selector lever isTo turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF in R (Reverse).switch. The indicator will come on. When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft (1.8Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the m) of the rear bumper, a beeping tone is emitted.engine to turn ON the system. See “Vehicle dy-namic control (VDC) system” in the “Starting and The rear sonar system can be disabled by push-driving” section. ing the OFF switch. When the system is disabled,2-30 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • TOW MODE SWITCH POWER OUTLET LIC0594 LIC0549 LIC0550Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy Front row 2nd rowtrailer or hauling a heavy load. Using tow mode at The power outlets are for powering electrical CAUTIONother times may cause unnecessary transmission accessories such as cellular telephones.shifting and reduced fuel economy. ● The outlet and plug may be hot during The power outlets located on the driver’s side of or immediately after use.Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode. the instrument panel and in the luggage area areThe indicator light on the tow mode switch illumi- powered directly by the vehicle’s battery. ● Only certain power outlets are designednates when tow mode is selected. Press the tow for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Domode switch again to turn tow mode OFF. The power outlets located on the passenger’s not use any other power outlet for an side of the instrument panel and in the 2nd row accessory lighter. See your NISSANTow mode is automatically canceled when the dealer for additional information. are powered only when the ignition key is in thekey is turned OFF. ACC or ON position. ● Do not use with accessories that ex-For additional information, refer to “Tow mode” in ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.the “Technical and consumer information” sec- Open the cap to use a power outlet. Do not use double adapters or moretion later in this manual. than one electrical accessory. Instruments and controls 2-31 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CIGARETTE LIGHTER ● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open. ● When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water to contact the outlet. LIC0551 WIC0726 Luggage area This power outlet ᭺ can be used with an acces- A● Use power outlets with the engine run- sory cigarette lighter element. Contact your ning to avoid discharging the vehicle NISSAN dealer for information. battery. This power outlet can also be used for powering● Avoid using power outlets when the air electrical accessories such as cellular tele- conditioner, headlights or rear window phones. defroster is on.● Before inserting or disconnecting a CAUTION plug, be sure the electrical accessory ● The cigarette lighter should not be used being used is turned OFF. while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. ● The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.2-32 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • STORAGE● Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter.● Do not use with accessories that ex- ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.● Use power outlets with the engine run- ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.● Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on.● Before inserting or disconnecting a LIC0565 LIC0566 plug, be sure the electrical accessory Side tray Center tray (if so equipped) being used is turned OFF. INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE● Push the plug in as far as it will go. If TRAYS good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature WARNING fuse may open. Do not place sharp objects in the trays to● When not in use, be sure to close the help prevent injury in an accident or sud- cap. Do not allow water to contact the den stop. outlet. The rubber mats can be removed for cleaning. Instruments and controls 2-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CONSOLE BOX WARNINGThe center console box should not beused while driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation. LIC0574 LIC0573 Console box storage trays Console box storage Pull up on the lever ᭺ to open the console box lid 1 ᭺. 22-34 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0591 WIC0672 WIC0673Console box lock GLOVE BOX SUNGLASSES HOLDERUse the master key to lock ᭺ or unlock ᭺ the 1 2 Open the glove box by pulling the handle. To open the sunglasses holder, push and release.console box. WARNING WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to ● The sunglasses holder should not be help prevent injury in an accident or a used while driving so full attention may sudden stop. be given to vehicle operation. ● Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident. CAUTION ● Do not use for anything other than sunglasses. Instruments and controls 2-35 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun- glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses. LIC0589 LIC0575 MAP POCKETS SEATBACK POCKET The seatback pocket is located on the back of the driver seat. The pocket can be used to store maps.2-36 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0568 LIC0569 LIC0570 Small bin Medium bin Large binOVERHEAD CONSOLEStorage bins WARNINGKeep storage bins closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.Push the button to open a storage bin.Push the lid up to close. Instruments and controls 2-37 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CAUTION ● Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger. ● Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident. LIC0552 LIC0553 Front AdjustableCUP HOLDERS Position the arm on the adjustable cup holder so that the cup is held securely.To open the front cup holders, lift the cup holderlid.To close, lower the lid. WARNINGThe cup holder should not be used whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.2-38 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0554 LIC0555 LIC0556 2nd row (rear of front console) Rear console (if so equipped) 2nd row bench (if so equipped)To open the 2nd row cup holders (rear of the frontconsole), lower the lid. To close, raise the lid. Instruments and controls 2-39 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0557 LIC0558 LIC0576 3rd row Bottle holder 2ND ROW CENTER CONSOLE (if so CAUTION equipped) ● Do not use bottle holder for any other Pull up on the lever to open the console box lid. objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident. ● Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.2-40 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • To reinstall the 2nd row center console box: 1. Slide the console box over the base toward the rear of the vehicle. 2. Push down to lock the console box in place. 3. Replace the cup holder tray. LIC0577 LIC0571Removing the 2nd row center console CARGO AREA STORAGE BINbox To open the cargo area storage bin, pull down onTo remove the 2nd row center console box: the tab and pull the lid off.᭺1 Lift out the cup holder tray.᭺2 Pull up on the handle to tilt the console box up.᭺3 Move the console box toward the front of the vehicle and lift it out. Instruments and controls 2-41 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING ● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- lision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. ● Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo. ● Never allow anyone to ride in the lug- gage area. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle. LIC0572 In a collision, people riding in these LTI0089 areas are more likely to be seriouslyTo access the floor storage area, push down ᭺ 1 injured or killed. Side finisherto raise the handle, then pull up on the handle ᭺ 2to lift the luggage board. ● Do not allow people to ride in any area When hooking on ropes, do not apply a load of of your vehicle that is not equipped with more than 55 lb (245 N) to a single ᭺ hook or 44 ALUGGAGE HOOKS seats and seat belts. lb (196 N) to a single ᭺ hook. BThe luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo ● Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in awith ropes or other types of straps. seat and using a seat belt properly.2-42 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LTI0090 LIC0628Floor hooks CARGO NET WARNINGDo not apply a load of more than 110 lb (490 N) The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo ● Properly secure all cargo to help pre-to a single hook. area from moving around while the vehicle is in vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not motion. place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to the cargo could cause personal injury. retainers. ● Be sure to secure all four hooks into the To remove the cargo net, detach the hooks from retainers. The cargo restrained in the the cargo net retainers. net must not exceed 30 lbs. (13.6 kg) or the net may not stay secured. Instruments and controls 2-43 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0629 Rear roof rack with additional crossbar (if so equipped) refer to “Vehicle loading information” in the “Technical and consumer information” section later in this manual. The rear crossbar can be adjusted forward and backward. Raise the lock levers ᭺ and adjust 1 LIC0593 the crossbar to the desired position. Lower theROOF RACK (56 kg). Be careful that your vehicle does not lock levers. Place your luggage on the bars and exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating secure the luggage with rope to the utility loopsAlways distribute the luggage evenly on the roof (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating ᭺. Do not place luggage on the side rails or tie 2rack. Do not load more than 200 lbs (91 kg) on (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and GAWR rope directly to the side rails. Always be sure thethe entire roof rack ᭺. If an additional rear cross- A are located on the Safety Compliance Certifica- lock levers are lowered to keep the crossbar inbar (if so equipped) is installed, the maximum tion Label (located on the driver’s door pillar). For place. Do not use utility loops for any purposeload capacity for the rear roof rack ᭺ is 125 lbs B more information regarding GVWR and GAWR, other than securing luggage.2-44 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WINDOWS WARNING POWER WINDOWSProperly secure all cargo with ropes or WARNINGstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. In a sudden stop or collision, un- ● Make sure that all passengers havesecured cargo could cause personal their hands, etc. inside the vehicle whileinjury. it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch CAUTION to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.Use care when placing or removing itemsfrom the roof rack. If you cannot comfort- ● Do not leave children unattended insideably lift the items onto the roof rack from the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-the ground, use a ladder or stool. tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window. Unattended chil- dren could become involved in serious WIC0845 accidents. 1. Window lock button The power windows operate when the ignition 2. Power door lock switch switch is in the ON position, or for about 45 3. Front passenger side automatic switch seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the 4. Right rear passenger window switch OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s door 5. Left rear passenger window switch is opened during this period of about 45 sec- 6. Driver side automatic switch onds, power to the windows is canceled. Driver’s side power window switch The driver’s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows. To open a window, push the switch and hold it down. To close a window, pull the switch and hold it up. To stop the opening or closing function at any time, simply release the switch. Instruments and controls 2-45 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0580 LIC0581 LIC0410Front passenger power window switch Rear power window switch Automatic operationThe passenger window switch operates only the The rear passenger window switches open or To fully open a window equipped with automaticcorresponding passenger window. To open the close only the corresponding passenger window. operation, press the window switch down (onlywindow, push the switch and hold it down ᭺. To 1 To open the window, push the switch and hold it driver’s side shown) to the second detent andclose the window, pull the switch up ᭺. 2 down ᭺. To close the window, pull the switch up 1 release it; it need not be held. The window auto-Locking passengers’ windows ᭺. 2 matically opens all the way. To stop the window, lift the switch up while the window is opening.When the window lock button is depressed, onlythe driver side window can be opened or closed. To fully close a window equipped with automaticPush it again to cancel the window lock function. operation, pull the switch up to the second detent and release it; it need not be held. Auto-reverse function The auto-reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation.2-46 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Depending on the environment or driving OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s doorconditions, the auto-reverse function may is opened during this 45 second period, power tobe activated if an impact or load similar to the vent windows is cancelled.something being caught in the window oc-curs. WARNINGThere are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.If the control unit detects something caught in awindow equipped with automatic operation as it WIC0675is closing, the window will be immediately low-ered. POWER VENT WINDOWS (if so equipped) Use the vent window switch located on the over- head console to open and close the power vent windows. The windows cannot be operated separately. To open the power vent windows, press and hold the switch toward OPEN. To close the windows, press and hold the switch toward CLOSE. The power vent windows operate when the igni- tion key is in the ON position, or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the Instruments and controls 2-47 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SUNROOF (if so equipped) To open or close the sunroof part way, push the switch in any direction ᭺ while the roof is sliding 5 open or closed to stop it in the desired position. Tilting the sunroof To tilt the sunroof up, push the tilt switch toward the up position ᭺. When the sunroof is open, it 1 will automatically close and then tilt up. To tilt the sunroof down, push the tilt switch toward the down position ᭺. 2 Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after LIC0524 WIC0812 the battery terminal is disconnected, the electri-MANUAL VENT WINDOWS (if so AUTOMATIC SUNROOF cal supply interrupted and/or some abnormalityequipped) The sunroof will only operate when the ignition detected. Use the following reset procedure to return sunroof operation to normal.To open a manual vent window, pull the latch key is in the ON position. The automatic sunroofhandle toward you until it releases. is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the 1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tilting ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position. switch repeatedly toward the down positionTo lock the window in the open position, push thelatch handle rearward until it locks. If the driver’s door or the front passenger’s door ᭺ to fully close the lid. 2 is opened during this period of about 45 sec-To close a manual vent window, pull the latch 2. Finally, push and hold the tilting switch for onds, power to the sunroof is canceled.handle toward you and push the rear portion of more than 2 seconds toward the down po-the latch toward the rear of the vehicle until it Sliding the sunroof sition ᭺ to reestablish the lid’s home posi- 2locks. tion. To fully open the sunroof, push the switch toward the open position ᭺.3 The sunroof should now operate normally. To fully close the sunroof, push the switch toward the close position ᭺.42-48 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Auto reverse function (when closing or If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re- If the sunroof does not closetilting down the sunroof) peats opening or tilting up the sunroof, keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair theThe auto reverse function can be activated when after it happens, then the sunroof will fully close sunroof.the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic gradually. In this case, make sure nothing isoperation when the ignition key is in the ON caught in the sunroof.position or for about 45 seconds after the ignitionkey is turned to the OFF position. WARNINGDepending on the environment or driving ● In an accident you could be thrown fromconditions, the auto reverse function may the vehicle through an open sunroof.be activated if an impact or load similar to Always use seat belts and childsomething being caught in the sunroof oc- restraints.curs. ● Do not allow anyone to stand up or WARNING extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle isThere are some small distances immedi- in motion or while the sunroof isately before the closed position which closing.cannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., inside CAUTIONthe vehicle before closing the sunroof. ● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandWhen closing: from the sunroof before opening.If the control unit detects something caught in the ● Do not place heavy objects on the sun-sunroof as it moves to the front, the sunroof will roof or surrounding area.immediately open backward.When tilting down: SunshadeIf the control unit detects something caught in the Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for-sunroof as it tilts down, the sunroof will immedi- ward or backward.ately tilt up. Instruments and controls 2-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • INTERIOR LIGHT are closed and the ignition switch is in the NOTE: OFF position. The footwell lights (if so equipped) and ● The driver’s door is opened and then closed door step lights illuminate when the driver while the key is removed from the ignition and passenger doors are open regardless switch. of the interior light switch position. These lights will turn off automatically after about ● The key is removed from the ignition switch 30 minutes while doors are open to prevent while all doors are closed. the battery from becoming discharged. The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when: CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time ● The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob, a with the engine stopped. This could result key, or the power door lock switch. in a discharged battery. LIC0585 ● The ignition switch is turned ON. When the switch is in the OFF position ᭺, the 3The interior light has a three-position switch and interior lights do not illuminate, regardless of dooroperates regardless of ignition switch position. position. The puddle lamps (if so equipped) comeWhen the switch is in the ON position ᭺, the 1 on when any front or rear passenger door isinterior lights illuminate, regardless of door posi- opened.tion. The lights will go off after about 30 minutes The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min-unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON utes while doors are open to prevent the batteryposition. from becoming discharged.When the switch is in the DOOR position ᭺, the 2interior lights and puddle lamps (if so equipped)will stay on for about 30 seconds when: ● The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, a key or the power door lock switch while all doors2-50 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • PERSONAL LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS LIC0587 LIC0588 LIC0586CONSOLE LIGHT The personal lights on the overhead console can be swiveled 360 degrees. To turn on the light, To turn the map lights on, press the switches. ToThe console light ᭺ will turn on whenever the 1 press the button. Press the button again to turn turn them off, press the switches again.parking lights or headlights are illuminated. off the light.The console light brightness can be adjusted CAUTIONwith the illumination brightness control. Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery. Instruments and controls 2-51 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CARGO LIGHT HOMELINKா UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver provides a WARNING convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into ● Do not use the HomeLinkா Universal one built-in device. Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re- HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver: verse features as required by federal ● Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) safety standards. (These standards be- devices such as garage doors, gates, home came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga- and office lighting, entry door locks and se- rage door opener which cannot detect curity systems. an object in the path of a closing garage ● Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No door and then automatically stop and separate batteries are required. If the vehi- reverse, does not meet current federal cle’s battery is discharged or is discon- safety standards. Using a garage door LIC0590 nected, HomeLinkா will retain all program- opener without these features in- ming. creases the risk of serious injury orThe cargo light on the overhead trim has a three- death.position switch. To operate, push the switch to Once the HomeLinkா Universal Transceiverthe desired position. ● During the programming procedure is programmed, retain the original trans- your garage door or security gate willON: The light is illuminated. mitter for future programming procedures open and close (if the transmitter is (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon within range). Make sure that people orNormal (center) position: The light illuminates sale of the vehicle, the programmed objects are clear of the garage door,when the back door or glass hatch is opened.The light turns off when the back door or glass HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver buttons gate, etc. that you are programming.hatch is closed. should be erased for security purposes. For additional information refer to “Program- ● Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedOFF: The light does not illuminate regardless of ming HomeLinkா” later in this section. off while programming the HomeLinkாdoor position or lock status. Universal Transceiver.2-52 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LIC0671 LIC0670 LIC0676 Type A Type B Type APROGRAMMING HOMELINKா 3. Using both hands, simultaneously press and 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLinkா flashes, changing1. To begin, press and hold the two outer hold both the HomeLinkா button you want to from a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashing HomeLinkா buttons (to clear the memory) program and the hand-held transmitter but- blink”. This could take up to 90 seconds. until the indicator light ᭺ blinks slowly (after 1 ton. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both 20 seconds). Release both buttons. DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has buttons may be released. The rapidly flash-2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter been completed. ing light indicates successful programming. 1 - 3 inches (26 - 76 mm) away from the To activate the garage door or other pro- HomeLinkா surface. grammed device, press and hold the pro- grammed HomeLinkா button — releasing when the device begins to activate. Instruments and controls 2-53 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn” pro- NOTE: gram button located on the garage door Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to opener’s motor to activate the “training “clear” all previously programmed mode”. This button is usually located near HomeLinkா buttons. the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor. If the wire originates from under a If you have any questions or are having difficulty light lens, you will need to remove the lens to programming your HomeLinkா buttons, refer to access the program button. the HomeLinkா web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. NOTE: Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open- er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, you LIC0677 have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7. Type B Use the help of a second person for conve- 5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkா blinks nience to assist when performing this step. rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid, 7. Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas- HomeLinkா has picked up a “rolling code” ing the garage door opener program button, garage door opener signal. You will need to quickly and firmly press and release the proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLinkா button you’ve just programmed. HomeLinkா to complete the programming Press and release the HomeLinkா button up which may require a ladder and another per- to 3 times to complete the training. son for convenience. 8. Your HomeLinkா button should now be pro- grammed. (To program the remaining HomeLinkா buttons for additional door or gate openers, follow steps 2-8 only.)2-54 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • PROGRAMMING HOMELINKா FOR PROGRAMMING TROUBLE- CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDCANADIAN CUSTOMERS DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONPrior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required hand- If the HomeLinkா does not quickly learn the hand- Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However,held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec- held transmitter information: to clear all programming, press and hold the twoonds. To program your hand-held transmitter to outside buttons and release when the indicator ● replace the hand-held transmitter batteriesHomeLinkா, continue to press and hold the light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). with new batteries.HomeLinkா button (note steps 2 - 4 under “Pro-gramming HomeLinkா”) while you press and re- ● position the hand-held transmitter with its REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEpress (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitters every battery area facing away from the HOMELINKா BUTTON2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly HomeLinkா surface. To reprogram a HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver(indicating successful programming). ● press and hold both the HomeLinkா and button, complete the following.NOTE: hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkா but- ruption. ton. Do not release the button until step 4When programming a garage door opener, ● position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 has been completed.etc., it is advised to unplug the device dur-ing the “cycling” process to prevent pos- inches (26 - 76 mm) away from the 2. When the indicator light begins to flashsible damage to the garage door opener HomeLinkா surface. Hold the transmitter in slowly (after 20 seconds), position thecomponents. that position for up to 15 seconds. If hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 inches (26 - 76 HomeLinkா is not programmed within that mm) away from the HomeLinkா surface.OPERATING THE HOMELINKா time, try holding the transmitter in anotherUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER position – keeping the indicator light in view 3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter at all times. button.The HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver (once pro-grammed) may now be used to activate the ga- If you continue to have programming difficulties, 4. The HomeLinkா indicator light will flash, firstrage door, etc. To operate, simply press the ap- please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs slowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorpropriate programmed HomeLinkா Universal Department. The phone numbers are located in light begins to flash rapidly, release bothTransceiver button. The amber indicator light will the Foreword of this manual. buttons.illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. Instruments and controls 2-55 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The HomeLinkா Universal Transceiver button has This transmitter has been tested and com-now been reprogrammed. The new device can plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.be activated by pushing the HomeLinkா button Changes or modifications not expressly ap-that was just programmed. This procedure will proved by the party responsible for compli-not affect any other programmed HomeLinkா ance could void the user’s authority to op-buttons. erate the device.IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN DOC: ISTC 1763K1313If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the FCC I.D. CV2V67690codes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLinkா. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call the manu-facturer or dealer of those devices for additionalinformation.When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLinkா Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.FCC Notice:This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) This de-vice must accept any interference that maybe received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.2-56 Instruments and controls ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Back door release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) Glass hatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Fuel filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Pedal position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Operating the manual back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Operating the power back door Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Cancel switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • KEYS A key number is only necessary when you have previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate Immobilizer System. After the registration pro- from. If you still have a key, your NISSAN dealer cess, these components will only recognize keys can duplicate it. coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- tem (NVIS) during registration. Any key that is not NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER given to your dealer at the time of registration will SYSTEM (NVIS) KEYS no longer be able to start your vehicle. You can only drive your vehicle using the master Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN contains an electrical transponder, to come into Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your contact with salt water. This could affect system vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in function. the key head. The master key can be used for all the locks. WPD01281. Two master keys (black) with transpon- The valet key cannot be used for the console box lock. der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side To protect belongings when you leave a key with2. Valet key (black) with transponder chip someone, give them the valet key only.3. Key number plate Never leave these keys in the vehicle.4. Transponder chip Additional or replacement keys:A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safe place If you still have a key, the key number is not(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicleyour keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by Immobilizer System keys. Your dealer can dupli-using the key number. NISSAN does not record cate your existing key. As many as five NVIS keyskey numbers so it is very important to keep track can be used with one vehicle. You should bring allof your key number plate. NVIS keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • DOORS WARNING Opening and closing windows● Always have the doors locked while The driver’s door key operation allows you to driving. Along with the use of seat belts, open and close windows equipped with auto- this provides greater safety in the event matic operation at the same time. of an accident by helping to prevent ● To open the windows, turn the driver’s door persons from being thrown from the key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer vehicle. This also helps keep children than 1 second after the door is unlocked. and others from unintentionally open- ing the doors, and will help keep out ● To close the windows, turn the driver’s door intruders. key to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked.● Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic. Windows stop when the key cylinder is released.● Do not leave children unattended inside LPD0240 the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- Driver’s side tivate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in seri- LOCKING WITH KEY ous accidents. The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time. Turning the key toward the front ᭺ of the vehicle 1 locks all doors. Turning the key one time toward the rear ᭺ of the 2 vehicle unlocks that door. From that position, returning the key to neutral ᭺ (where the key can 3 only be removed and inserted) and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors ᭺. 4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Lockout protection When the power door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open, all doors will lock and unlock automatically. This helps to prevent the keys from being acci- dently locked inside the vehicle. LPD0241 WPD0317 Inside lock Door lock switchLOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK LOCKING WITH POWER DOORKNOB LOCK SWITCHTo lock the door without the key, move the inside To lock all the doors without a key, push the doorlock knob to the lock position ᭺, then close the 1 lock switch (driver or front passenger side), to thedoor. lock position ᭺. When locking the door this way, 1 be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle.To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position ᭺. 2 To unlock all the doors without a key, push the door lock switch (driver or front passenger side) to the unlock position ᭺. 23-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turn on the CAUTION interior lights and puddle lamps (if so equipped), and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob Listed below are conditions or occur- from outside the vehicle. rences which will damage the keyfob: Some settings for the keyfob, such as horn beep, ● Do not allow the keyfob to become wet. can be adjusted. For vehicles without navigation ● Do not drop the keyfob. system, refer to “Silencing the horn beep feature” later in this section. For vehicles with navigation ● Do not strike the keyfob sharply against system, refer to “Vehicle electronic systems” in another object. the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and ● Do not place the keyfob for an extended audio systems” section later in this manual. period in an area where temperatures Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle exceed 140°F (60°C). before locking the doors. If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec- LPD0242 ommends erasing the ID code of that key- The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance ofCHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK fob. This will prevent the keyfob from un- approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The authorized use to unlock the vehicle. ForChild safety locks help prevent the rear doors effective distance depends upon the conditions information regarding the erasing proce-from being opened accidentally, especially when around the vehicle. dure, please contact a NISSAN dealer.small children are in the vehicle. As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with oneThe child safety lock levers are located on the vehicle. For information concerning the purchaseedge of the rear doors. and use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSAN dealer.When the lever is in the lock position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside. The keyfob will not function when: ● the battery is discharged. ● the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m). The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • twice and the horn beeps once as a re- minder that the doors are already locked. ● If a door is open and you push the button, the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will not flash. The horn may or may not beep. For vehicles without navigation system, refer to “Silencing the horn beep feature” later in this section. For ve- hicles with navigation system, refer to “Vehicle electronic systems” in the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems” sec- tion later in this manual. LPD0209 LPD0210HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS Unlocking doorsENTRY SYSTEM Push the button on the keyfob once.Locking doors ● Only the driver’s door unlocks. 1. Close all windows. ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position. 3. Close the hood and all doors. ● The interior lights and puddle lamps (if so 4. Push the button on the keyfob. All equipped) turn on and the light timer acti- the doors lock. The hazard warning lights vates for 30 seconds when the interior light flash twice and the horn beeps once to switch is in the DOOR position with the indicate all doors are locked. ignition key in any position except the ON ● When the button is pushed with all position. doors locked, the hazard warning lights flash3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Push the button on the keyfob again within The door windows will open while pressing5 seconds. the button on the keyfob. ● All doors unlock. The door windows cannot be closed by using the keyfob. ● The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed. Linking the keyfob to automatic driveThe interior lights can be turned off without wait- positioner memorying 30 seconds by inserting the key into the If the vehicle is equipped with automatic driveignition and turning to the ON or START position, positioner, the keyfob can be linked to a memorylocking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the setting.interior light switch to the off position. See “Automatic driver positioner” later in thisAuto relock section.When the button on the keyfob is pushed, LPD0243all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute Operating the power back door (if sounless one of the following operations is per- equipped)formed: Push and hold the button on the keyfob for about ● Any door is opened. 0.5 second to open or close the back door. The ● A key is inserted into the ignition switch and hazard warning lights flash and a chime sounds the key is turned from OFF to ON. to indicate the power open or power close se- quence has started.Opening windows The door will reverse direction immediately dur-The keyfob allows you to open windows ing power open or power close if the keyfobequipped with automatic operation simulta- button is pressed. A chime will sound to an-neously. nounce the reversal. ● To open the windows, press the but- For more information, see “Back door” later in this ton on the keyfob for longer than 3 sec- section. onds after all doors are unlocked. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature has been deactivated. To activate: Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more. The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated. Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si- lence the horn if the alarm is triggered. Using the interior lights LPD0211 LPD0262 Push the button on the keyfob once to turnUsing the panic alarm Silencing the horn beep feature on the interior lights and puddle lamps (if soIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, equipped). If desired, the horn beep feature can be deacti-you may activate the panic alarm to call attention vated using the keyfob. The interior lights can be turned off without wait-by pushing and holding the button on the ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 second. NOTE: ignition, locking the doors with the keyfob orThe panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 pushing the interior light switch to off position. If you change the horn beep and lamp flashseconds. feature with the keyfob, the display screenThe panic alarm stops when: (if so equipped) will not show the current mode and cannot be used to change the ● it has run for 25 seconds, or mode. Use the keyfob to return to the pre- ● any button is pushed on the keyfob. vious mode and re-enable the display screen control. To deactivate: Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds.3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • HOOD BACK DOOR WARNING ● Always be sure the back door has been closed securely to prevent it from open- ing while driving. ● Do not drive with the back door open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See “Exhaust gas” in the “Starting and driv- ing” section of this manual. LPD0244᭺1 Pull the hood lock release handle located WARNING below the driver side instrument panel. The hood will spring up slightly. ● Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving. Fail-᭺2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the ure to do so could cause the hood to fly side as illustrated with your fingertips and open and result in an accident. raise the hood. ● If you see steam or smoke coming fromWhen closing the hood, lower it slowly and make the engine compartment, to avoid injurysure it locks into place. do not open the hood. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LPD0245 LPD0247 LPD0283OPERATING THE MANUAL BACK Rear pillar switch Instrument panel switchDOOR OPERATING THE POWER BACK NOTE: DOOR (if so equipped) To open, close or reverse the power back WARNING door, the shift selector lever must be in PMake sure that all passengers have their WARNING (Park). Also, the power back door will nothands, etc. inside the vehicle before clos- ● Make sure that all passengers have operate if battery voltage is low.ing the back door. their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be- Power Open: fore closing the back door. The power back door automatically moves fromThe power door lock system allows you to lock orunlock all doors including the back door simulta- ● Do not leave children unattended inside the fully closed position to the fully open positionneously. the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac- in approximately 5 – 8 seconds. The power open tivate switches or controls. Unattended feature can be activated by the switch on theTo open the back door, pull up on the handle. children could become involved in seri- keyfob, the instrument panel switch and by theTo close, lower and push the back door down ous accidents. outside opener handle. The hazard lights flashsecurely.3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • and a chime sounds to indicate the power open The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to during power close, the door will reverse direc-sequence has been started. indicate the power close sequence has been tion and return to the full open position. started. ● The back door can be opened by the instru- NOTE: ment panel switch and the keyfob even if the ● If the outside opener handle is activated vehicle is locked. The door will individually while the cinching motor is engaged, the If the pinch strip is damaged or removed, unlock and open. Once the back door is cinching motor will disengage and release the power close function will not operate. closed, its lock will align to the vehicle’s lock the latch. or unlock status. WARNING ● The keyfob button must be held for 0.5 sec- ● The keyfob button must be held for 0.5 sec- ond before the door closes. There are some small distances immedi- ately before the closed position which ond before the door opens. ● The switch on the rear pillar can only be used cannot be detected. Make sure that all ● The back door must be unlocked to open it to close the back door if the cancel switch is passengers have their hands, etc., inside with the outside opener handle. not in the on position. the vehicle before closing the door. ● The switch on the rear pillar cannot be used Reverse: Manual Mode: to open the back door. The power back door will reverse direction imme- If power operation is not available, the back door diately during power open or power close if the may be operated manually. Power operation mayA warning chime will sound if the shift selector keyfob, instrument panel or rear pillar switch is not be available if the cancel switch is in the onlever is moved out of P (Park) during a power pressed or if the outside handle is lifted. A chime position, if multiple obstacles have been de-open operation. will sound to announce the reversal. tected in a single power cycle, or if battery volt-Power Close: Auto Reverse: age is low.The power back door automatically moves from If an obstacle is detected during power open orthe fully open position to the secondary position. power close, a warning chime will sound and theWhen the door reaches the secondary position, door will reverse direction and return to the fullthe cinching motor engages and pulls the door to open or full close position. If a second obstacle isits primary latch position. Power close takes ap- detected, the door motion will stop and the drive motor will disengage. The back door will enterproximately 7 – 10 seconds. The power close manual mode.feature can be activated by the switch on thekeyfob, the instrument panel and the rear pillar. A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the back door. If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CAUTION ● If the power back door does not stay open or if the door unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds, do not operate the back door. There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the back door gas stays. Have the back door inspected by a NISSAN dealer. ● Do not activate the power back door if one or both of the back door gas stays are removed. Damage to the back door or power back door mechanisms may LPD0250 occur. LPD0248Safe Mode: CANCEL SWITCHIf the back door gas stays ᭺ lose pressure, the 1power back door safe mode is activated. When Press the switch toward the CANCEL position to disable the rear pillar switch. The back door canthe safe mode is activated, the back door slowly still be opened and closed using the switch oncloses. A continuous warning chime sounds until the instrument panel and keyfob. The back doorthe door is in the fully down position. Then the can also be opened manually with the outsidedoor will be pulled to the closed and latched handle if the door is unlocked.position by a motor.The power back door cannot be opened usingthe switches at any time in the safe mode.The auto reverse function remains active whilethe door is closing in the safe mode.Do not operate the back door again until it ischecked by your NISSAN dealer.3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • BACK DOOR RELEASE WARNING● Always be sure the back door has been closed securely to prevent it from open- ing while driving.● Do not drive with the back door open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See “Exhaust gas” in the “Starting and driv- ing” section of this manual. CAUTION LPD0251 LPD0252● If the power back door does not stay Manual back door release Power back door release open or if the door unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning Manual back door (if so equipped) Power back door (if so equipped) chime sounds, do not operate the back If the back door cannot be locked or unlocked If the back door cannot be opened with the door door. There may be a pressure loss in with the door lock switch or the keyfob due to a lock switch or keyfob due to a discharged battery, one or both of the back door gas stays. discharged battery, follow these steps: follow these steps: Have the back door inspected by a NISSAN dealer. 1. Remove the cover on the inside of the back 1. Remove the cover on the inside of the back door. door.● Do not activate the power back door if one or both of the back door gas stays 2. Move the lever up to lock or down to unlock. 2. Move the lever up to open the door. are removed. Damage to the back door or power back door mechanisms may occur. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • GLASS HATCH FUEL FILLER LID NOTE: The back door must be unlocked in order to open the glass hatch. WARNING Do not drive with the glass hatch open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See “Exhaust gas” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual. LPD0246 LPD0253To open, pull up on the smaller outside handle to FUEL FILLER CAPrelease the glass hatch, then pull up on the glasshatch. To close, lower and push the glass hatch The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn thedown securely. cap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard. Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder ᭺ while 1 refueling.3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING ● Do not fill a portable fuel container in ● Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks. the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap● Gasoline is extremely flammable and can cause an explosion of flammable highly explosive under certain condi- properly may cause the mal- liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or tions. You could be burned or seriously trailer. To reduce the risk of serious function indicator lamp (MIL) to illumi- injured if it is misused or mishandled. injury or death when filling portable fuel nate. If the lamp illuminates be- Always stop the engine and do not containers: smoke or allow open flames or sparks cause the fuel filler cap is loose or near the vehicle when refueling. – Always place the container on the missing, tighten or install the cap and ground when filling. continue to drive the vehicle.● Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the – Do not use electronic devices when The lamp should turn off after a cap a third of a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop to prevent fuel filling. few driving trips. If the lamp from spraying out and possibly causing – Keep the pump nozzle in contact with does not turn off after a few driving personal injury. Then remove the cap. the container while you are filling it. trips, have the vehicle inspected by a● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank – Use only approved portable fuel con- NISSAN dealer. after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off tainers for flammable liquid. ● For additional information, see the automatically. Continued refueling may “Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” in cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel CAUTION the “Instruments and Controls” section spray and possibly a fire. earlier in this manual.● Use only an original equipment type ● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, fuel filler cap as a replacement. It has a flush it away with water to avoid paint built-in safety valve needed for proper damage. operation of the fuel system and emis- sion control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. It could also cause the malfunction indicator lamp to come on.● Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • STEERING WHEEL PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal. LPD0254 LPD0255TILT OPERATION The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad- justed for driving comfort.Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust thesteering wheel up or down to the desired posi- Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust thetion. brake and accelerator pedal position forward ᭺ 1 or backward ᭺. Pedal adjustment can only be 2Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheelin place. performed when: ● Ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC position WARNING ● Ignition switch is ON and the selector leverDo not adjust the steering wheel while is in the P (Park) positiondriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident. The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be ad- justed separately.3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SUN VISORS ᭺ 1 To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor. ᭺ 2 To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side. ᭺ 3 To block glare from the side and front, swing down the sub-sun visor. ᭺ 4 Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed. CAUTION ● Do not store the sun visor before return- ing the extension to its original LPD0257 position. VANITY MIRRORS ● Store the main sun visor after storing the extension sun visor and sub-sun To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor visor. down and flip open the mirror cover. The vanity mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is ● Do not pull the extension sun visor forc- open. edly downward. LPD0256 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • MIRRORS AUTO indicator light will be on. When the switch on the inside mirror is in the OFF position, the inside mirror will operate normally. Do not hang any object on the sensor or apply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in improper operation. LPD0280 LPD02371. AUTO position OUTSIDE MIRRORS2. OFF position The outside mirror remote control will operate3. AUTO indicator light only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON4. Sensor (on back of mirror) position.5. Sensor Move the small switch ᭺ to select the right or left 1AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDE mirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired positionMIRROR using the large switch ᭺.2The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-cally changes reflection according to the intensityof the headlights of the vehicle following you.When the inside mirror switch is in the AUTOposition, excessive glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you will be reduced. The3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WARNING Heated mirrors● Objects viewed in the outside mirror on The outside mirrors can be heated to defrost, the passenger side are closer than they defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. For addi- appear. Be careful when moving to the tional information, see “Rear window and outside right. Using only this mirror could cause mirror defroster switch” in the “Instrument and an accident. Use the inside mirror or controls” section of this manual. glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident. LPD0259 Foldable outside mirrors Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)The automatic drive positioner system has two 3. Adjust the driver’s seat, accelerator andfeatures: brake pedals, and outside mirrors to the ● Memory storage function desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For additional infor- ● Entry/exit function mation, see “Seats” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint sys- tem” section and “Pedal position adjust- ment” and “Outside mirrors” earlier in this section. During this step, do not turn the ignition to any position other than ON. 4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at LPD0260 least 1 second. MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION The indicator light for the pushed memory Two positions for the driver’s seat, accelerator switch will come on and stay on for approxi- and brake pedals, and outside mirrors can be mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch. stored in the automatic drive positioner memory. After the indicator light goes off, the se- Follow these procedures to use the memory sys- lected positions are stored in the selected tem. memory (1 or 2). 1. Set the automatic transmission selector le- If a new memory is stored in the same memory ver to the P (Park) position. switch, the previous memory will be deleted. 2. Turn the ignition ON. Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position Each keyfob can be linked to a stored memory position (memory switch 1 or 2) with the follow- ing procedure.3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 1. Follow the steps for storing a memory posi- 1. Open and close the driver’s door more than ● When the ignition key is turned from ACC to tion. two times with the ignition key in the LOCK LOCK with the driver’s door open while the position. automatic transmission selector lever is in 2. While the indicator light for the memory the P (Park) position. switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec- 2. Reset the desired position using the previ- onds, press the button on the keyfob. ous procedure. The driver’s seat will return to the previous posi- The indicator light will blink. After the indica- tion: tor light goes off, the keyfob is linked to that Selecting the memorized position memory setting. ● When the key is inserted into the ignition 1. Set the automatic transmission selector le- switch.With the key removed from the ignition switch, ver to the P (Park) position.press the button on the keyfob. The driv- ● When the driver’s door is closed with the keyer’s seat, accelerator and brake pedals, and out- 2. Turn the ignition ON. turned to LOCK.side mirrors will move to the memorized position. 3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at ● When the key is turned from ACC to ON least 1 second. while the automatic transmission selectorNOTE: The driver’s seat, accelerator and brake lever is in the P (Park) position.If a new memory is saved to the memory pedals, and outside mirrors will move to theswitch, the keyfob must be re-linked. The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can- memorized position with the indicator light celed. For vehicles with navigation system, seeConfirming memory storage blinking, and then the light will stay on for “Vehicle electronic systems” in the “Display approximately 5 seconds. screen, heater, air conditioner and audio sys- ● Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch. If the main memory has not been ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION tems” section of this manual. For vehicles without stored, the indicator light will come on for navigation system, see your NISSAN dealer. This system is designed so that the driver’s seat approximately 0.5 seconds. When the SYSTEM OPERATION will automatically move when the automatic memory has stored the position, the indica- transmission selector lever is in the P (Park) tor light will stay on for approximately 5 sec- The automatic drive positioner system will not position. This allows the driver to get into and out onds. work or will stop operating under the following of the driver’s seat more easily. ● If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the conditions: The driver’s seat will slide backward: fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. In ● When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7 such a case, reset the desired positions ● When the driver’s door is opened with the km/h). using the following procedures. ignition key turned to LOCK. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● When any two or more of the memory switches are simultaneously pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating. ● When the adjusting switch for the driver’s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating. ● When the memory switch (1 or 2) is not pushed for at least 1 second. ● When the seat has been already moved to the memorized position. ● When no seat position is stored in the memory switch.The automatic drive positioner system can beadjusted and canceled. For vehicles with naviga-tion system, see “Vehicle electronic systems” inthe “Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems” section of this manual. For ve-hicles without navigation system, see yourNISSAN dealer.3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • MEMO Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
    • 4 Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systemsControl panel buttons (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Rear control button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Names of the components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 How to use joystick and “ENTER” button . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Rear seat air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 How to use “PREV” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Setting up the start-up screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 How to use the “TRIP” button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 How to use the “SETTING” button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 Setting the display (Audio or HVAC display): . . . . . . 4-7 FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Rearview monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-28 How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 changer (Type A and B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-31Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 CD care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Heater and air conditioner (manual). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Steering wheel switch for audio control Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Rear audio controls (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Airflow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 NISSAN mobile entertainment system (MES)Heater and air conditioner (automatic) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Digital video disc (DVD) player controls . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Flip-down screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Playing a digital video disc (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 How to handle the DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47Care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—betty ੭
    • CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS (if so equipped) WARNING● Positioning of the heating or air condi- tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or- der that full attention may be given to the driving operation.● Do not disassemble or modify this sys- tem. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire, or electrical shock.● Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality, such as a frozen screen or lack of sound. Continued use of the system may result in accident, fire or electric shock.● In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware, spill liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell coming from it, stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents, fire or electrical shock. LHA0388 When you use this system, make sure the engine Reference symbols: is running. “ENTER” button — This is a button on the con- If you use the system with the engine not trol panel. running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long time, it will use up all the battery power, and the engine will not start.4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • “Display” key — This is a select key on the HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND If you do not touch the button or screen key forscreen. By selecting this key you can proceed to “ENTER” BUTTON more than 1 minute on the TRIP, SETTING orthe next function. START-UP screen, the screen will change to Choose an item on the display using the joystick TRIP screen automatically.NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS and push the “ENTER” button for operation. To proceed to the next step, refer to the separate 1. brightness control button (P. 4-12) Navigation System Owner’s Manual. HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON 2. PREV (previous) button (P. 4-3) This button has two functions. 3. Joystick and ENTER push button (P. 4-3) ● Go back to the previous display (cancel). 4. SETTING button (P. 4-7) If you touch “PREV” button during setup, the 5. TRIP drive computer button (P. 4-4) setup will be canceled and/or the display will return to the previous screen. 6. DEST button* ● Finish setup. 7. ROUTE button* If you touch this button after the setup is com- 8. MAP button* pleted, the setup will start over, and the display 9. GUIDE VOICE button* will return to the climate control or audio mode and Navigation screen.10. zoom out button*11. zoom in button* SETTING UP THE START-UP SCREEN*For Navigation system control buttons, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, theManual. SYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed on the screen. Read the warning and select the “I AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Français) key then push the “ENTER” button. If you do not push the “ENTER” button, the Navigation system will not proceed to the next step display. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LHA0398 LHA0399 LHA0402HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTON Trip 1, trip 2 and fuel economy items Maintenance itemsWhen the “TRIP” button is pushed, the following To reset the TRIP 1, TRIP 2 and FUEL You can set the engine oil and the tire rotationmodes will display on the screen. ECONOMY, select the “RESET” key using the interval. joystick and push the “ENTER” button or pushWarning message (if there are any) → TRIP 1 To display the setting of the maintenance interval, the “TRIP” button for more than approximately(Elapsed Time, Driving Distance, Average select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Rotation” key 1.5 seconds.Speed) → TRIP 2 → FUEL ECONOMY (Average using the joystick and push the “ENTER” button.Fuel Economy, Distance to Empty) → MAINTE-NANCE (Engine Oil, Tire Rotation and Tire Pres-sure — if so equipped) → OFF.4-4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LHA0400 LHA0401 LHA0483To set the maintenance interval, select the The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-“Maintenance Schedule” key by using the joy- GINE OIL” and “TIRE ROTATION”) will be auto-stick and push the joystick to right or left. matically displayed as shown when both of theTo reset the maintenance interval, select the “Re- following conditions are met:set” key using the joystick and push the “EN- ● the vehicle is driven the set distance and theTER” button. ignition key is turned OFF.To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION ● the ignition key is turned ON the next timeautomatically when set trip distance is reached, the vehicle will be driving.select the “Display Maintenance Notifica-tion” key and push the “ENTER” button. To return to the previous display after the “MAIN- TENANCE NOTICE” screen is displayed, press the PREV button. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen displays Tire pressure rises and falls depending on theeach time the key is turned ON until one of the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and thefollowing conditions are met: outside temperature. ● “RESET” is selected. In case of low tire pressure, a message is dis- played on the screen: ● “Display Maintenance and Notification” is set OFF. FLAT TIRE — low tire air pressure. ● the maintenance interval is set again. WARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, tire pressure will not be indi- cated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function. Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire LHA0403 replacement and/or system resetting. Tire pressure information To view “TIRE PRESSURE” information, push the “TRIP” button repeatedly until the “MAINTE- NANCE” screen is displayed. Select “TIRE PRESSURE” using the joystick and push the “ENTER” button. Pressure indication in ** psi on the screen indi- cates that the pressure is being measured. After a few driving trips, the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly. The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position.4-6 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • SETTING THE DISPLAY (Audio or Display Off: HVAC display): To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING” The audio or HVAC reading can be displayed at button and select the “Display” key and “Dis- the bottom of the screen. Choose the “Audio” or play Off” key. The indicator of the “Display “HVAC” (Heater and air conditioner) key to be Off” will turn to amber. When any mode button is displayed at the bottom, by using the joystick and pushed with the screen off, the screen turns on pressing the ENTER button to select or deselect for further operation. The screen will turn off the key. The setting condition will normally appear automatically 5 seconds after the operation is on the screen. To return to the setting screen, finished on the map display in the Audio, HVAC push the “SETTING” button or “PREV” button. (Heater and air conditioner), SETTING or VE- HICLE INFO modes. Display settings To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING” The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear af- button and select the “Display” key and “Dis- LHA0268 ter pushing the “SETTING” button, selecting play Off” key, then set the screen to on by “Display” key and pushing the “ENTER” but- pushing the “ENTER” button.HOW TO USE THE “SETTING” ton. Setting Audio or HVAC display:BUTTON Brightness/Contrast/Map Background: Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater and airTo adjust the various settings within the displayscreen press the“SETTING” button. To adjust the brightness and contrast of the conditioner) key to be displayed at the bottom, by screen, select the “Brightness/contrast” key using the joystick. The audio or HVAC settingAfter pressing the SETTING button a menu will and push the “ENTER” button. You can then use condition will normally appear on the screen. Tobe shown on the display screen which will allow the joystick to adjust the brightness to Darker or return to the setting screen, push the “SET-you to program several functions such as the Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher. For TING” button or “PREV” button.display screen appearance, programmable fea- information on Map Background, please refer totures for your vehicles electronics system and the separate Navigation System Owner’sother system settings such as your clock. To Manual.make a selection from this mode use the joystickand press the “ENTER” button. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LHA0382 LHA0381 LHA0261Vehicle electronic systemsThe VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “Vehicle Elec-tronic Systems” key with the joystick and push-ing the “ENTER” button.To set the various electronic systems operatingconditions, select the applicable item using thejoystick, and push the “ENTER” button. Theindicator light, box at left of selected item, alter-nately turns on and off each time the “ENTER”button is pressed.Indicator light is illuminated — ONIndicator light is not illuminated — OFF4-8 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle: NOTE: Speed dependent wiper:With this option ON, the driver’s seat automati- If you change the horn beep or the lamp This key allows you to turn on or turn off thecally moves back and returns to the original po- flash feature with the keyfob, the mode will driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func-sition for ease of exit and entry. not be changed with the display. Use the tion. keyfob to return to the previous mode and Return all settings to default:Remote unlock driver’s door first: re-enable the display control.This option allows you to select which doors will When this key is selected and turned on using Auto re-lock time: the “ENTER” button, all settings made by VE-unlock first during an unlocking operation: This key allows you to set the length of time HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the defaultOnly the driver’s door ←→ All the doors settings. before doors auto re-lock.Keyless remote response — horn: Sensitivity of automatic headlights:This key allows you to change the horn chirp This key allows you to set the sensitivity of themode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or automatic headlights:UNLOCK button on the keyfob. ● Lower- less sensitive, automatic headlightsNOTE: will take longer to come on when the head-If you change the horn beep or the lamp light sensor senses less ambient light.flash feature with the keyfob, the display ● Higher- more sensitive, automatic head-screen will not show the current mode. Use lights will come on quicker when the head-the keyfob to return to the previous mode light sensor senses less ambient light.and re-enable the display screen control. Automatic headlights off delay:Keyless remote response — lights: This key allows you to set the length of timeThis key allows you to change the hazard indica- before the automatic headlights turn off aftertor flash mode that occurs when pressing the exiting the vehicle.LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LHA0262 LHA0270 LHA0271System settings Clock Setting daylight savings time:Language/Unit Adjusting the time: Use the “Daylight Saving Time” key to adjust the clock to daylight savings time.The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appear when Select the “Hours” or “Minutes” key and moveselecting the “Language/Unit” key and push- the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time. ON: The displayed time advances by 1 hour.ing the “ENTER” button. The time will change step by step. OFF: The current time is displayed.Language: English or French After completion of the setting, press theUnit: US — mile, °F, MPG “PREV” button. Metric — km, °C, L/100 kmYou can select the language and unit using thejoystick and “ENTER” button.4-10 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • LHA0272 LHA0273 LHA0274Adjusting the time to the GPS: Selecting the time zone: 2. Select one of the following zones dependingSelect the “Auto Adjust” key. 1. Select the “Select Time Zone” key. on the current location.The time will be reset to the GPS time. The [TIME ZONE] screen will appear. ● Pacific zone ● Mountain zone ● Central zone ● Eastern zone ● Atlantic zone ● Newfoundland zone After selection, the [CLOCK SETTINGS] screen will appear. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)The GPS time (manual time) corresponding to When the selector lever is shifted into the R ● When washing the vehicle with high-the selected zone will be displayed. Pacific zone (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows pressure water, be sure not to spray ithas been set as the initial (default) setting. view to the rear of the vehicle. around the camera. Otherwise, waterBeep setting may enter the camera unit causing wa- WARNING ter condensation on the lens, a mal-With this option ON, a beep will sound if any function, fire or an electric shock.audio button is pushed. ● The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob- ● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci- BUTTON jects to help avoid damaging the ve- sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal- hicle. The system will not detect small function or cause damage resulting in aTo change the display brightness, push objects below the bumper, and may not fire or an electric shock.the button. Pushing the button again will detect objects close to the bumper orchange the display to DAY or NIGHT display. on the ground.Then, adjust the brightness moving the joystick CAUTIONright or left. ● The rear view camera is a convenience There is a plastic cover over the camera. but it is not a substitute for proper back- Do not scratch the cover when cleaningIf no operation is done within 10 seconds, or if the ing. Always turn and check that it is safe“PREV” button is pushed, the display will return dirt or snow from the cover. to do so before backing up. Alwaysto the previous display. back up slowly. HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED ● Objects viewed in the rear view monitor LINES differ from actual distance because a Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance and wide-angle lens is used. Objects in the distances to objects with reference to the rear view monitor will appear visually bumper line ᭺are displayed on the monitor. A opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors. ● Make sure that the back door is se- curely closed when backing up. ● Do not put anything on the rear view camera. The rear view camera is in- stalled beside the license plate light.4-12 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • ADJUSTING THE SCREEN ● When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display ob- To adjust the quality of the screen, refer to HOW jects. This is not a malfunction. TO USE THE “SETTING” BUTTON in this sec- tion. ● When strong light directly enters the cam- era, objects may not be displayed clearly. ● When it is difficult to see in the rearward direction due to shady conditions, press the ● Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the “ENTER” button to make objects in the screen. This is due to strong reflected light monitor brighter. from the bumper. This is not a malfunction. ● To change the brightness, press the “EN- ● The screen may flicker under fluorescent TER” button again, turn the key switch OFF light. This is not a malfunction. or shift to reverse and wait for 10 seconds. ● The colors of objects on the rear view moni- OPERATING TIPS tor may differ somewhat from those of the LHA0437 actual object.They are indicated as reference distances to ● When the selector lever is shifted to R, theobjects. The lines and colors in the display indi- monitor screen automatically changes to the ● When the contrast of objects is low at night,cate distances from the back bumper line᭺ in A rear view monitor mode. However, the radio pushing the “ENTER” button may notthe illustration. can be heard. change the brightness.᭺1 1.5 feet (0.5 m) red ● It may take some time until the rear view ● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night.᭺2 3 feet (1 m) yellow monitor is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R. Objects may be dis- ● If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,᭺3 7 feet (2 m) green torted momentarily until the rear view moni- the rear view monitor may not display ob-᭺4 10 feet (3 m) green tor screen is displayed completely. When jects. Clean the camera.The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the selector lever is returned to a position other than R, it may take some time until the ● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner tothe actual clearance. clean the camera. This will cause discolora- screen changes. Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely dis- tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent played. and then wipe with a dry cloth. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • VENTILATORS ● Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected. ● Do not use body wax on the camera window. Wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp- ened with mild detergent diluted with water. LHA0386 Adjust air flow direction for the driver and pas- senger side ᭺, center ᭺, and rear passenger 1 2 ᭺ and ᭺ ventilators by moving the ventilator 3 4 slide and/or ventilator assemblies.4-14 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual) WARNING● The air conditioner cooling function op- erates only when the engine is running.● Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not be left alone. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. WHA0501● Do not use the recirculation mode for 1. Fan speed control dial CONTROLS long periods as it may cause the interior 2. Air recirculation button air to become stale and the windows to 3. Temperature control dial Fan control dial fog up. 4. Air conditioner button The fan control dial turns the fan on and off, and● Positioning of the heater and/or air 5. Air flow control dial controls fan speed. conditioner controls should not be 6. Rear window defroster switch done while driving so full attention may 7. Rear fan speed dial Air flow control dial be given to vehicle operation. 8. Rear temperature dial The air flow control dial allows you to select the air flow outlets. MAX — Air flows from center and side A/C vents with maximum cooling (air conditioning). — Air flows from center and side ventilators. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • — Air flows from center and side ● to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas- HEATER OPERATION ventilators and the front and rear senger compartment. Heating floor outlets. ● for maximum cooling when using the air con- — Air flows mainly from the front and This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot ditioner. outlets. Some air also flows from the defrost rear floor outlets. OFF position: outlets. — Air flows from defroster outlets Push the button again to turn air recircula- and the front and rear floor tion off. Outside air is drawn into the passenger 1. Push the button to the OFF position outlets. compartment and distributed through the se- for normal heating. The indicator light on — Air flows mainly from defroster lected outlet. the button will go off. ( will ap- pear on the display, if so equipped.) outlets. Use the off position for normal heater or air con-The air flow control dial also has intermediate ditioner operation. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to thepositions which allow the air flow to be distrib- position.uted between 2 of the icon positions on the air Air conditioner button 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-flow control dial. Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the tion.Temperature control dial desired position and push the button to turn on the air conditioner. A/C will appear on the 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-The temperature control dial allows you to adjust display when the air conditioner is operating. To sired position between the middle and thethe temperature of the outlet air. To lower the turn off the air conditioner, push the button hot position.temperature, turn the dial to the left. To increase again, the display will show A/C OFF.the temperature, turn the dial to the right. Ventilation The air conditioner cooling function oper- This mode directs outside air to the side and Air recirculation button ates only when the engine is running. center ventilators.ON position: Rear window defroster switch 1. Push the button to the OFF position.Push the button to recirculate air inside For more information about the rear window de- The indicator light on the button willthe vehicle. froster switch, see “Rear window defroster go off. ( will appear on the display, if so switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section equipped.)Push the button to the on position when: of this manual. 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the ● driving on a dusty road. position.4-16 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/07/04—marlene ੭
    • 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- the vehicle is shut off, even if the air flow 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the tion. control dial is turned to a position other than position. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- the position. This dehumidifies the air 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- sired position. which helps defog the windshield. tion. The mode automatically turns off, al-Defrosting or defogging lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas- 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- senger compartment to further improve the sired position between the middle and theThis mode directs the air to the defrost outlets todefrost/defog the windows. defogging performance. hot position. 1. Turn the air flow control dial to the Bi-level heating ● When the position is selected, the air position. conditioner automatically turns on (however, The bi-level mode directs warmed air to the side the indicator light on the button will 2. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- and center vents and to the front and rear floor not come on and A/C will not appear on the tion. outlets. display, if so equipped) if the outside tem- 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- 1. Push the button to the OFF position. perature is more than 36°F (2°C). If in de- sired position between the middle and the The indicator light on the button will frost mode for more than one minute, the air hot position. go off. ( will appear on the display, if so conditioning system will continue to operate equipped.) until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or ● To quickly remove ice or fog from the win- the vehicle is shut off, even if the air flow dows, turn the fan control dial to 4 and the 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the control dial is turned to a position other than temperature control lever to the full HOT position. the position. This dehumidifies the air position. which helps defog the windshield. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- The mode automatically turns off, al- ● When the position is selected, the air tion. conditioner automatically turns on (however, lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas- the indicator light on the button will 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- senger compartment to further improve the not come on and A/C will not appear on the sired position. defogging performance. display, if so equipped) if the outside tem- Operating tips perature is more than 36°F (2°C). If in de- Heating and defogging frost mode for more than one minute, the air This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind- Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades conditioning system will continue to operate and air inlet in front of the windshield. This shield. until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or improves heater operation. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION sure to return the to the OFF position 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- for normal cooling The indicator light on sired position.Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the the button will go off. ( will ap-desired position, and push in the button to pear on the display, if so equipped.) You may Operating tipsactivate the air conditioner. When the air condi- also select MAX A/C for quick cooling. ● Keep the windows and sunroof (if sotioner is on, cooling and dehumidifying functions equipped) closed while the air conditioner isare added to the heater operation. Dehumidified heating in operation.The air conditioner cooling function oper- This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air. ● After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3ates only when the engine is running. minutes with the windows open to vent hot 1. Push the button to the OFF position. air from the passenger compartment. Then,Cooling The indicator light on the button will close the windows. This allows the air con- go off. ( will appear on the display, if soThis mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air. ditioner to cool the interior more quickly. equipped.) 1. Push the button to the OFF position. ● The air conditioning system should be 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the operated for approximately 10 minutes 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the position. at least once a month. This helps pre- position. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- vent damage to the system due to lack tion. of lubrication. 3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- tion. 4. Push the button on. The indicator ● If the engine coolant temperature light on the button will come on. (A/C gauge indicates engine coolant tem- 4. Push the button. The indicator light will appear on the display, if so equipped.) perature over the normal range, turn on the button will come on. (A/C will the air conditioner off. See “If your appear on the display, if so equipped.) The air conditioning system will continue to vehicle overheats” in the “In case of operate until the fan control dial is turned to 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de- emergency” section of this manual. OFF or the vehicle is shut off, even if the air sired position. flow control dial is turned to a position other ● For quick cooling when the outside tem- than the position. perature is high, push the button to the ON position. The indicator light on the button will come on. ( will appear on the display, if so equipped.) Be4-18 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • AIRFLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button and dialpositions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating,cooling or defrosting. For additional informationon heating and cooling see “Heating” on page4-16 and “Cooling” on page 4-18. The air re-circulation ( ) button should alwaysbe in the OFF position for heating anddefrosting. WHA0512 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WHA0514 WHA05134-20 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WHA0518 WHA0515 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WHA05164-22 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • WHA0517Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic) (if so equipped) ● Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. ● Positioning of the heater and/or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner. AUTOMATIC OPERATION LHA0491 Cooling or heating (auto)1. Driver temperature control dial WARNING This mode may be normally used all year round as2. Front window defroster button the system automatically works to keep a con-3. Fan speed control and system OFF dial ● The air conditioner cooling function op- stant temperature. Air flow distribution and fan erates only when the engine is running.4. AUTO button speed are also controlled automatically.5. Passenger temperature control dial ● Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance 1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will be6. A/C ON/OFF button displayed.) of others alone in your vehicle. Pets7. Rear control and fan speed dial should also not be left alone. They 2. Turn the temperature dial to the left or right8. Rear window defroster button could accidentally injure themselves or9. MODE button to set the desired temperature. Driver and others through inadvertent operation of passenger temperatures can be set inde-10. Air recirculation button the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, pendently.11. Rear temperature control dial temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause ● Adjust the temperature dial to about 75°F severe or possibly fatal injuries to (24°C) for normal operation. people or animals.4-24 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● The temperature of the passenger compart- side air to be drawn into the passenger — Air flows from defroster and foot ment will be maintained automatically. Air compartment to further improve the defog- outlets. flow distribution, fan speed and A/C on/off ging performance. — Air flows mainly from defroster are also controlled automatically. outlets. MANUAL OPERATIONDehumidified defrosting or defogging To turn system off Fan speed control 1. Turn the defroster control dial to the Push and hold the fan down button until the left. The display will show the defrost icon. Push the fan control button up or down system turns off. to manually control the fan speed. 2. Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature. Push the AUTO button to return to automatic ● To quickly remove ice from the outside of the control of the fan speed. windows, push the manual fan control Air recirculation button and set to the maximum posi- tion. Push the air recirculation button to recir- culate interior air inside the vehicle. Push the ● As soon as possible after the windshield is AUTO button to return to automatic mode. clean, push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode. The air recirculation button will not be activated ● When the DEF control is activated, when the air conditioner is in DEF, floor, or the air conditioner will automatically be floor/defrost mode. turned on at outside temperatures above Air flow control 36°F (2°C). If in defrost mode for more than one minute, the air conditioning system will Pushing the MODE button manually controls air continue to operate until the fan control is flow and selects the air outlet to: turned OFF or the vehicle is shut off, even if — Air flows from center and side the air flow mode control button is used to select a position other than the posi- ventilators. tion. This dehumidifies the air which helps — Air flows from center and side defog the windshield. The air recirculate ventilators and foot outlets. mode automatically turns off, allowing out- — Air flows mainly from foot outlets. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-25 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • OPERATING TIPS ● When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds. However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant tempera- ture warms up, air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally. WHA0509 LIC0836 1. Rear fan speed control dial. The sunload sensor ᭺, located on the top center 1 of the instrument panel, helps the system main- 2. Rear temperature control dial. tain a constant temperature. Do not put anythingREAR CONTROL BUTTON on or around this sensor.You can adjust the climate control system for rearseat passengers using the buttons on the maincontrol panel. Front passengers can control therear functions by placing the controls on anysetting other than the “R”.4-26 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • REAR SEAT AIR CONDITIONER SERVICING AIR CONDITIONERTo operate the rear air conditioner, the engine The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve-must be running. hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind.The rear seat air conditioner can be turned onand off from the front controls. If the rear seat fan This refrigerant does not harm the earth’scontrol dial is set to (0), the air conditioner is ozone layer.turned off. If it is set to any of the fan speed Special charging equipment and lubricant is re-positions, air is discharged from the rear vents at quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi-the corresponding speed. When the rear seat fan tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricantscontrol dial is set to (R), the rear seat passengers will cause severe damage to your air conditionercontrol their own fan speed. system. See “Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations” in the “Techni- cal and consumer information” section of this manual. LHA0490 A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ- CONTROLS mentally friendly” air conditioning system. Fan control dial WARNING The fan control dial ᭺ turns the rear vent fan on 1 The air conditioner system contains re- and off, and controls fan speed. frigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner ser- Temperature control dial vice should be done only by an experi- The temperature control dial ᭺ allows rear pas- 2 enced technician with proper equipment. sengers to adjust the temperature of the outlet air. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-27 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • AUDIO SYSTEMRADIO Reception conditions will constantly change be- Multipath reception: Because of the reflective cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain, characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflectedTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position signal distance and interference from other ve- signals reach the receiver at the same time. Theand press the PWR (power)/VOL (volume) knob hicles can work against ideal reception. De- signals may cancel each other, resulting in mo-to turn the radio on. If you listen to the radio with scribed below are some of the factors that can mentary flutter or loss of sound.the engine not running, the key should be turned affect your radio reception.to the ACC position. AM RADIO RECEPTION FM RADIO RECEPTIONRadio reception is affected by station signal AM signals, because of their low frequency, canstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build- Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 - 30 bend around objects and skip along the ground.ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ- miles (40 - 48 km), with monaural (single chan- In addition, the signals can be bounced off theences. Intermittent changes in reception quality nel) FM having slightly more range than stereo ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofnormally are caused by these external influences. FM. External influences may sometimes interfere these characteristics, AM signals are also sub- with FM station reception even if the FM station is ject to interference as they travel from transmitterUsing a cellular phone in or near the ve- within 25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FM to receiver.hicle may influence radio reception quality. signal is directly related to the distance between Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingRadio reception the transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a through freeway underpasses or in areas with line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the sameYour NISSAN radio system is equipped with many tall buildings. It can also occur for several characteristics as light. For example they willstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra- seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in reflect off objects.dio reception. These circuits are designed to areas where no obstacles exist.extend reception range, and to enhance the qual- Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricality of that reception. a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights. and/or drift.However there are some general characteristics Static and flutter: During signal interference from SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if soof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even buildings, large hills or due to antenna position equipped)when the finest equipment is used. These char- (usually in conjunction with increased distance When the satellite radio is first installed or theacteristics are completely normal in a given re- from the station transmitter) static or flutter can battery has been replaced, the satellite radio mayception area, and do not indicate any malfunction be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the not work properly. This is not a malfunction. Waitin your NISSAN radio system. treble control to reduce treble response. more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and4-28 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • the vehicle outside of any metal or large building ● During cold weather or rainy days, thefor satellite radio to receive all of the necessary player may malfunction due to the hu-data. midity. If this occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the playerNo satellite radio reception is available and “NO completely.SAT” is displayed when the SAT band option isselected unless optional satellite receiver and ● The player may skip while driving onantenna are installed and an XMா or SIRIUS™ rough roads.satellite radio service subscription is active. ● The CD player sometimes cannot func-Satellite radio performance may be affected if tion when the compartment tempera-cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio ture is extremely high. Decrease thesignal. temperature before use.If possible, do not put cargo over the satellite ● Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.antenna. ● CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty, scratched or covered with finger- prints may not work properly. ● The following CDs may not work properly: ● Copy control compact discs (CCCD) ● Recordable compact discs (CD-R) ● Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) LHA0099 ● Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction: AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS ● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter Compact disc (CD) player ● CDs that are not round ● Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm) ● CDs with a paper label round discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc ● CDs that are warped, scratched, or or packaging. have abnormal edges Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 11. LOAD button 12. CD insert slot 13. CD eject button 14. POWER/VOLUME control knob 15. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6) 16. Tuning and AUDIO control knob (BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL- ANCE) LHA0384 Type A1. SEEK/TRACK change button 6. CD play button2. TUNE/REW/FF button 7. RADIO button3. PAUSE/MUTE button 8. AUX button4. PROG/RPT button 9. REAR AV button5. PRESET A-B-C select button 10. speaker control button4-30 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 11. speaker control button 12. REAR AV button 13. LOAD button 14. CD insert slot 15. CD eject button 16. POWER/VOLUME control knob 17. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6) 18. Tuning and AUDIO control knob (BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL- ANCE) FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CHANGER (Type A and B) (if so equipped) No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in- stalled (retrofit unavailable without factory satel- lite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ LHA0385 satellite radio service subscription is active. Type B1. SEEK/TRACK change button 6. H/M button (clock set buttons) Audio main operation2. TUNE/REW/FF button 7. PRESET A-B-C select button POWER/VOLUME control:3. Display 8. CD play button Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then4. PAUSE/MUTE button 9. RADIO button push the POWER/VOLUME control knob while5. PROG/RPT button 10. AUX button Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-31 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • the system is off to call up the mode (radio or CD) Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds. The textwhich was playing immediately before the system desired level, press the AUDIO knob repeatedly will change as follows:was turned off. until the radio or CD display reappears. Other- Channel number ←→ Channel name ←→ Artist wise, the radio or CD display will automaticallyTo turn the system off, press the ←→ Title ←→ Channel number reappear after about 10 seconds.POWER/VOLUME control knob. Pause/mute button: Clock set (type B only)Turn the POWER/VOLUME control knob to ad-just the volume. To mute or pause the audio sound, push the 1. Press and hold the H button to advance PAUSE/MUTE button.This vehicle has speed sensitive control volume hours.(SSV) for audio. The audio volume changes as To release the mute or pause, push the button 2. Press and hold the M button to advancethe driving speed changes. again. minutes.AUDIO knob (BASS, MIDRANGE, TREBLE, For setting the clock on type A audio systems see FM/AM/SAT radio operationFADE, BALANCE and SSV if so equipped): “Adjusting the time” on page 4-10. FM/AM/SAT band select:Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as Display CD text: Pushing the RADIO button will change the bandfollows: as follows: To change the text displayed while playing a CD,BASS → MID → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE press the AUDIO knob until “Display Mode” ap- AM ←→ FM or SAT (Satellite)→ SSV (if so equipped) pears. When the RADIO button is pushed while theTo adjust Bass, Mid (Midrange), Treble, Fade and Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds. The text ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, theBalance, press the AUDIO knob until the desired will change as follows: radio will come on at the station last played.mode appears in the display. Turn the Tuningknob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired Track number ←→ Track title ←→ Disc title ←→ The last station played will also come on whenlevel. You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Track number the POWER/VOLUME control knob is de-Fader and Balance modes. Fader adjusts the pressed to ON.sound level between the front and rear speakers Display satellite radio text (if so equipped): No satellite radio reception is available and “NOand Balance adjusts the sound between the right To change the text displayed while listening to SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button isand left speakers. satellite radio, press the AUDIO knob until “Dis- pressed to access satellite radio stations unlessTo change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW, MID or play Mode” appears. optional satellite receiver and antenna are in-HIGH, turn the Tuning knob to the right or left. stalled (retrofit unavailable without factory satel-4-32 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • lite radio pre-wiring), and an XMா or SIRIUS™ SEEK tuning: 4. The channel indicator will then come on andsatellite radio service subscription is active. the sound will resume. Memorizing is now Push the SEEK/TRACK button ( or ) complete.If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO for less than 1.5 seconds to tune from high to lowbutton is pushed, the compact disc will automati- or low to high frequencies and stop at the next 5. Other buttons can be set in the same man-cally be turned off and the last radio station broadcasting station. ner.played will come on. SCAN tuning: If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseThe FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM blows, the radio memory will be canceled. In thatstereo reception. When the stereo broadcast Push the or button for more than case, reset the desired stations.signal is weak, the radio will automatically change 1.5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again during Radio data system (RDS):from stereo to monaural reception. this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a data TUNE (Tuning): the radio will remain tuned to that station. If information service transmitted by some radio the or button is not pushed within 5 stations on the FM band (not AM band) and/or WARNING seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station. SAT radio encoded within a regular radio broad-The radio should not be tuned while driv- Station memory operations: cast. Currently, most RDS stations are in largeing so full attention may be given to ve- cities, but many stations are now consideringhicle operation. 18 stations can be set for the FM, AM and SAT broadcasting RDS data. (Satellite-if so equipped) radio to the A, B and CTo manually tune the radio, push the TUNE button preset button in any combination of FM, AM or RDS can display:( or ) or turn the tuning knob to right SAT stations. ● Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.or left. 1. Choose preset channel A, B or C using the ● Station name, such as “The Groove”.To move quickly through the channels, hold either preset select button.the or button down for more than ● Music or programming type such as “Clas-1.5 seconds. 2. Select the desired FM, AM or SAT station sical”, “Country”, or “Rock”. band. ● Traffic reports about delays or construction. 3. Tune to the desired station using manual, SEEK or SCAN tuning. Push and hold any of If the station broadcasts RDS information, the the desired station memory buttons (1 - 6) RDS icon is displayed. until a beep sound is heard. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-33 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Program type (PTY): SEEK tuning:PTY can be used to search for a certain program 3. After selecting a program type, push thetype. Certain areas have a limited number of SEEK button ( or ) for less thanstations that transmit RDS. Many stations trans- 1.5 seconds within 10 seconds. Tuning tomit call letters and frequencies only. the PTY station will start. If you do not pushSearching or scanning by program type may yield the SEEK button within the 10 second pe-a limited number of selections. riod, the PTY mode will be canceled.When PROG/RPT button is pressed for more SCAN tuning:than 1.5 seconds during FM or SAT (if so 4. Push the or button for moreequipped) mode, the PTY name of the current than 1.5 seconds to scan the PTY nametuned station is displayed. During this time if the stations and stop at each broadcasting sta-PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable,the display will show NONE. tion for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCANTo change the PTY: tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that 1. Press the PROG/RPT button. station. If the or button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station. Compact disc (CD) changer operation CAUTION LHA0275 ● Do not force a compact disc into the CD 2. Press the TUNE button ( or ) to insert slot. This could damage the CD chose a specific program type. Refer to the and/or CD changer/player. illustration. ● Trying to load a CD with the CD door The display will show “SEEK, SCAN?” closed could damage the CD and/or CD changer.4-34 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position When the CD button is pushed with the compact next track will start to play from its beginning.and insert the compact disc into the slot with the disc loaded with the radio playing, the radio will Push several times to skip through tracks. Thelabel side facing up. The compact disc will be automatically be turned off and the compact disc compact disc will advance the number of timesguided automatically into the slot and start play- will start to play. the button is pushed. (When the last track on theing. To insert the disc, first push the LOAD button. compact disc is skipped through, the first track REW (Rewind), FF (Fast will be played.)If the radio is already operating, it will automati- Forward):cally turn off and the compact disc will play. When pushing the or button for more When the (rewind) or (fast forward) than 1.5 seconds, each track will play for aboutIf the system has been turned off while the com- button is pushed while a compact disc is playing, 10 seconds. To stop playing, pushpact disc was playing, pushing the the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast the button again.POWER/VOLUME control knob will start the forwarding . When the button is released, thecompact disc. compact disc will return to normal play speed. CD select buttons:LOAD button: When the CD button is pushed with the system To play another CD that has been loaded, push a off and the compact disc loaded, the system will CD select button (1 - 6).To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the LOAD turn on and the compact disc will start to play.button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select the REPEAT (RPT):loading slot by pushing the CD insert select When the CD button is pushed with the compact disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing, the When the PROG/RPT play button is pushedbutton (1 - 6), then insert the CD. tape or radio will automatically be turned off and while the compact disc is played, the play patternTo insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push the the compact disc will start to play. can be changed as follows:LOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds. ALL DISC RPT → 1 DISC RPT→ 1 TRACK RPT SEEK/TRACK:The slot numbers (1 - 6) will illuminate on the → ALL DISC RDM → 1 DISC RDM → ALL DISCdisplay when CDs are loaded into the changer. When the button is pushed for less than 1.5 RPT seconds while a compact disc is playing, theCD button: ALL DISC RPT: All discs loaded will be repeated. track being played returns to its beginning. Push 1 DISC RPT: The disc that is currently playing willWhen the CD button is pushed with the system several times to skip back through tracks. The be repeated. compact disc will go back the number of timesoff and the compact disc loaded, the system will 1 TRACK RPT: The track that is currently playing the button is pushed.turn on and the compact disc will start to play. will be repeated When the button is pushed for less than 1.5 ALL DISC RDM: Tracks from all discs will be seconds while the compact disc is playing, the played randomly Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-35 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 1 DISC RDM: Tracks from the disc that is cur- CD EJECT:rently playing will be played randomly Current disc:REAR AV: ● Press the slot number (1 - 6) for the desiredPushing the REAR AV button for less than 1.5 disc, then press the button. The com-seconds turns the rear seat audio controller on. pact disc will be ejected. If the disc is notREAR CONT ON will display. Pushing it again removed within 15 seconds, the disc willwill turn the rear seat audio controller off. REAR reload (except 3.1 in [8 cm] diameter com-CONT OFF will display. If the vehicle is not pact discs).equipped with a rear seat audio controller, the All discs:display will show “REAR AV N/A”. ● Press and hold the button for moreIf a DVD is loaded in the DVD entertainment than 1.5 seconds. The compact discs will besystem (if so equipped), pushing the REAR AV ejected one by one. If a disc is not removedbutton for more than 1.5 seconds will turn the within 15 seconds, or the button is LHA0408DVD player on. pressed again during the eject sequence, AUX jack (if so equipped)When the REAR AV button is pushed for more the entire disc eject sequence will be can-than 1.5 seconds with a DVD loaded and another celed. The AUX jack ᭺ is located below the air condi- 1audio source playing, the other source will auto- tioner controls. The AUX audio input jack accepts When this button is pushed while the compact any standard analog audio input such as from amatically be turned off and the DVD will start to disc is being played, the compact disc will eject portable cassette tape player, MP3 player orplay. and the last source will be played. laptop computers. (SPEAKER CONTROL) button: CD IN indicator: Press the AUX button to play a compatible devicePush this button to turn the rear speakers off and The slot numbers (1 - 6) will illuminate if CDs when it is plugged into the AUX jack.headphones on. Push this button again to turn have been loaded into the changer.rear seat speakers back on and headphones off.4-36 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated. LHA0049 LHA0269CD CARE AND CLEANING 1. Volume control switch 2. MODE select switch● Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the disc. Never touch the surface of the disc. 3. POWER on/off switch 4. Tuning switch● Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used. STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft The audio system can be operated using the cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular controls on the steering wheel. motion. POWER on/off switch● Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use. With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position, push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-37 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • MODE select switch To stop the FF or REW function, press the or button for less than 1.5 seconds again.Push the mode select switch to change the modein the following sequence: PRESET A, PRESET When playing a CD in the CD changer (if soB or PRESET C radio stations, CD and DVD (if so equipped), push the tuning switch (equipped). or ) for more than 1.5 seconds to change between discs when multiple CDs are loaded.Volume control switchPush the volume control switch up or down toincrease or decrease the volume. TuningMemory change (radio):Push the tuning switch ( or ) for lessthan 1.5 seconds to change the radio frequency.Seek tuning (radio):Push the tuning switch ( or ) formore than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previ-ous radio station.FF, REW:Push the tuning switch ( or ) for less1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of thepresent program or skip to the next program.Push several times to skip back or skip throughprograms.4-38 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • REAR AUDIO CONTROLS (if so equipped) Push the REAR AV button on the front radio control panel to turn the rear controls on. Push the button again to turn rear controls off. The headphones symbol illuminates on the front display when the rear audio controls are on. Two headphone jacks are provided so two rear seat passengers may listen to the audio system pri- vately. The rear volume controls can only increase the volume to the level at which the front radio volume control is set. One or two infrared headphones are included if the vehicle is equipped with the DVD entertain- ment system. Most portable radio headphones work with the rear audio controls. For vehicles equipped with the FM/AM/SAT radio with compact disc player, if the rear passengers LHA0322 turn off the rear speakers and are using head-1. VOL (volume) control button 7. Infrared headphone transmitter lens* phones they may choose to listen to a different media than the front passengers. The rear pas-2. MODE select button sengers can listen to the radio while the front3. speaker control button *Red transmitters will be visible when passengers can listen to the same thing, a CD or4. NEXT button infrared headphones are on. SAT radio (if so equipped).5. SEEK button6. Headphone jacks Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-39 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • NISSAN MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (MES) (if so equipped)VOL (volume) button: NEXT button:The VOL button allows the rear passengers to When the NEXT button is pushed while in AM oradjust the headphone volume level. FM mode, the radio will change to the next preset. (SPEAKER CONTROL) button: The NEXT button does not function while in SAT radio mode or when playing a DVD or CD.Push this button to turn the rear speakers off andheadphones on. Push this button again to turn ANTENNArear seat speakers back on and headphones off. Window antennaMODE button: The antenna pattern is printed inside the rearThe MODE button allows the rear passengers to passenger and driver side windows.change between AM, FM, CD, DVD and AUX.The media options are listed on the face plate of CAUTIONthe rear audio controls. When a source of media LHA0389is selected, the media label will be illuminated. ● Do not place metalized film near the rear driver or passenger side window WARNINGSEEK button: glass or attach any metal parts to it. This may cause poor reception or noise. ● The Mobile Entertainment System isIn AM or FM mode the SEEK button allows the designed for rear seat passenger view-rear seat passengers to find the next radio station ● When cleaning the inside of the rear ing only.up or down the station band frequency. driver or passenger side window, be careful not to scratch or damage the ● The driver must not attempt to operateIn CD mode the SEEK button allows the rear the Mobile Entertainment System while window antenna. Lightly wipe along thepassengers to find the next or previous selection the vehicle is in motion so that full at- antenna with a dampened soft cloth.on the CD. tention may be given to vehicle operation.4-40 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CAUTION● The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object. If the glass breaks, do not touch the liquid crystalline material, which contains a small amount of mer- cury. In case of contact with skin, wash immediately with soap and water.● Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaning the Mobile Entertainment System com- ponents. Do not use solvents or clean- ing solutions.● Do not attempt to use the system in LHA0316 extreme temperature conditions [below -4°F (-20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)]. 1. EJECT button DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD) PLAYER 2. DVD slot CONTROLS● To avoid draining the vehicle battery, do 3. ENTER button not operate the system more than 15 minutes without starting the engine. 4. POWER on/off button 5. MODE button 6. Input jacks 7. STOP button 8. PLAY/PAUSE button 9. MENU button 10. DISPLAY button 11. NAVIGATION keys Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-41 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • 6. DISPLAY button 7. MODE button 8. SUBTITLE button 9. AUDIO button 10. ANGLE button 11. CLEAR button 12. PAUSE button 13. PLAY button 14. FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE button 15. MENU button 16. NAVIGATION keys 17. BACK button LHA0315 18. NUMERIC KEYPAD REMOTE CONTROL FLIP-DOWN SCREEN The flip-down screen has a wireless remote con- trol receiver ᭺ located at the bottom of the 1 screen. CAUTION LHA0317 ● The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or1. POWER button sharp object. If the glass breaks, do not2. STOP button touch the liquid crystalline material,3. NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER and PREVI- which contains a small amount of mer- OUS TRACK/CHAPTER button cury. In case of contact with skin, wash4. TITLE button immediately with soap and water.5. ENTER button4-42 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● The screen rotates down to view and up into the housing to store when not in use. Ensure that the screen is latched securely into the housing when stored. SAA0720 SAA0721 Headphones NOTE: Power ON/OFF: For optimum infrared headphone perfor- mance, increase the volume on the rear Push the power button to turn the headphones seat controller to the maximum level and on or off. adjust the infrared headphone volume us- ing the volume control on the headphones. Volume control: Using a lower volume setting on the rear Turn the volume control knob to adjust the vol- seat controller can cause static noise in the ume. infrared headphones. The headphones will automatically be turned off in 30 seconds if there is no sound during that period. To prevent the battery from being dis- charged, keep the power suppy turned off when not in use. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-43 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC Pushing the button on the front controls on the faceplate, Red = right channel audio input,(DVD) turns the rear speakers on and off. White = left channel audio input, and Yellow = Video input). It is possible to operate the DVD player by remote CAUTION control. The display will show the “AUX” in the upper left● Only operate the DVD while the vehicle corner of the display for 4 seconds once the Headphones are a wireless type and no cables engine is running. Operating the DVD Mode is changed to AUX. are necessary. You can use them in almost all the for extended periods of time with the ranges in the rear seat. (It is not possible to use To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliary input engine OFF can discharge the vehicle the headphones in the front seat.) jacks” in this section. battery. POWER on/off button: or PLAY:● Do not allow the system to get wet. Excessive moisture such as spilled liq- With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player or uids may cause the system to position, push the POWER button to turn the the PLAY button on the remote control is pushed, malfunction. DVD player on or off. the player will play.● The driver must not attempt to wear the Insert the DVD into the slot with the label side headphones while the vehicle is in mo- In play mode, the display will briefly show facing up. The DVD will be guided automatically on the upper left corner of the display. tion so that full attention may be given into the slot. to vehicle operation. FF (Fast Forward), REW If the DVD player is off and a DVD is inserted, the (Remote control only):● While playing video CD media, this DVD DVD player will automatically turn on. player does not guarantee complete Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but- functionality of all video CD formats. tons to carry out the fast forward or fast reverse CAUTIONWith the DVD player, you can hear DVD videos, presentation at 5 times normal play speed. Do not force the compact disc into thevideo CDs and CDs using headphones. Passen- slot. This could damage the player. Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-gers in the rear seat can enjoy the sound inde- tons again or PLAY button to resume the normalpendently of the front seat. MODE select button: play speed.Press the REAR AV button located on the front Push the Mode button to select Audio/Videocontrols for more than 1.5 seconds to hear the source between DVD and AUX input (input jackssound of the DVD player through the speakers.4-44 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • NEXT CHAPTER/ PREVI- If the STOP button is pushed again when the ● Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate within OUS CHAPTER (Remote player is already in Stop mode, it will reinitialize the display menu, and use ENTER to select control only): the pointer to the beginning of the disc. In effect it the item. will ignore the last stored disc position and uponWhen the (NEXT CHAPTER) button is ● Holding the DISPLAY control on the face- receipt of the next play message it will begin atpushed while the DVD is being played, the pro- plate for longer than approximately 2 sec-gram next to the present one will start to play from the Title Menu, or at “the beginning of the disc”. onds while in the display menu will reset theits beginning. Push several times to skip through EJECT: display characteristics to their nominal val-programs. The DVD will advance the number of ues. (Faceplate feature only)times the button is pushed. When When the EJECT button is pushed with the DVDthe (PREVIOUS CHAPTER) button is loaded, it will be ejected. If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplate ispushed, the program being played returns to its pushed for more than 2 seconds, the mediabeginning. Push several times to skip back The display will show the EJECT symbol in track/time information will be displayed along thethrough programs. The DVD will go back the the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds bottom of the display. Pushing the DISPLAY con-number of times the button is pushed. once the EJECT button is pushed. trol for more than 2 seconds will remove the If the DVD is not loaded, the display will show media track/time information from the display. or PAUSE: “NO DISC”. (Faceplate feature only)When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player or NAVIGATION KEYS:the PAUSE button on the remote control is If the DVD comes out and is not removed withinpushed, the player will pause playing of the me- 25 seconds, it will be pulled back into the slot to If media is in PLAY mode, activation of the NAVI-dia. In pause mode, the player will show on protect it. GATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left, and Right) willthe upper left corner of the display until the player perform the following functions: next DISPLAY:is changed to another mode. chapter/track, previous chapter/track, fast re- If the DISPLAY control is pushed for less than 2 verse and fast forward, and the display will STOP: seconds, the display menu will appear on the show , , and respec- screen. tively in the upper left corner of the display for 4Push the STOP button once to stop playing the seconds. (Faceplate feature only)media. The display will show in the upper ● The display menu will remain on the screenleft corner of the display for 4 seconds, and the for 10 seconds if no subsequent control If media is in PAUSE mode, activation of thelast disc position will be stored. When the PLAY activations occur. NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down and Right) willbutton is pushed again, it will resume at the perform the following functions: nextstored disc track and time position. chapter/track, previous chapter/track and slow Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-45 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • forward, and the display will show , TITLE (Remote control only): CLEAR (Remote control only):and a forward arrow symbol respectively in the Push TITLE button to return the DVD media to the Push the CLEAR button to clear all numeric in-upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds. “title” of the DVD. puts, if actuated prior to expiration of the(Faceplate feature only) 3-second timer. Push TITLE button again to return to the previousIf media is in activated MENU mode, the NAVI- stop point and play. NUMERIC KEYPAD (0–9 & ≥10) (RemoteGATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up, control only):Down, Left, and Right within the menu. BACK (Remote control only): Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly accessIf display control menu is on, the NAVIGATION Push the BACK button to exit the current active disc chapters, titles or tracks by inputting theirKEYS will be used to navigate Up, Down, Left, menu and return to the previous menu. numeric value.and Right within the menu. SUBTITLE (Remote control only): The “≥10” button input numbers greater than orENTER: Push the SUBTITLE button to call up subtitle equal to 10, allowing up three digits to be inputIn MENU mode, push the ENTER button to select selection menu. for selecting chapter/title/track number.MENU items. Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button to cycle The subsequent actuation of numeric buttons willIn the display menu, push the ENTER button to through each available subtitle. continuously shift the previously input number toselect items for modification, as per the on- the “left”. AUDIO (Remote control only):screen instructions. The chapter/title/track number will be automati- Push the AUDIO button to call up audio menu.MENU: cally selected (if valid, based on media content) if Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cycle 3 seconds expire without any keypad inputs.If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENU through each available audio track.button is pressed, the DVD menu will appear on The operator can cancel the inputthe screen. Use Navigation Keys to navigate ANGLE (Remote control only): chapter/title/track number by actuating thewithin the menu, and use ENTER to select the CLEAR control prior to the expiration of the Push the ANGLE button to call up camera angleitem. 3-second timer. menu.Push the MENU button again to return to PLAY These functions can be used only for the DVD Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cyclemode. discs which correspond to them. through each available angle.4-46 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • Auxiliary input jacks ● Do not attempt to use the system inThe auxiliary input jacks are located on the control extreme temperature conditions [below -4°F (-20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)].panel. Compatible devices such as video gamescamcorders and portable video players can be ● Do not attempt to operate the system inconnected to the auxiliary jacks. extreme humidity conditions (less than 10% or more than 75%).The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-tion purposes. ● Yellow - video input ● White - left channel audio input ● Red - right channel audio inputCARE AND MAINTENANCE LHA0049Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth to clean the HOW TO HANDLE THE DVDsurfaces of your NISSAN mobile entertainmentsystem. (DVD player face, screen, remote con- CAUTIONtrol, etc.) ● Handle a DVD by its edges. Never touch CAUTION the surface of the disc.● Do not use any solvents or cleaning ● To clean a disc, wipe the surface from solutions when cleaning the video the center to the outer edge using a system. clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion.● Do not use excessive force on the moni- tor screen. ● Do not use a conventional record cleaner, benzine, thinner or alcohol in-● Avoid touching or scratching the moni- tended for industrial use. tor screen as it may become dirty or damaged. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-47 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/03/04—debbie ੭
    • ● A new disc may be rough on its inner ● DVD’s with a region code other than and outer edges. Remove the rough “1”. The region code᭺ is displayed in a A edges using the side of a pen or pencil small symbol printed on the top of the as illustrated. DVD ᭺ B● Never attempt to use a DVD that has ● DVD’s that are not round been cracked, deformed, or repaired ● DVD’s with a paper label using adhesive. Doing so may cause damage to the equipment. ● DVD’s that are warped, scratched, or have unequal edges ● Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami- nation or flaws. Otherwise, signals may not ● Recordable digital video discs (DVD-R) be read properly. ● Rewritable digital video discs (DVD-RW) ● Do not write, draw or attach anything on any If a DVD with a paper label is used and side of the DVD. becomes jammed you may be able to reset ● Do not store the DVD in locations with direct the unit and eject the jammed disc with the sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity. following procedure: ● Always place discs in the storage case when 1. Record the radio presets they are not being used. 2. Disconnect the negative terminal from ● Do not put on any sticker or write anything the battery for five minutes on either surface of the DVD. 3. Reconnect the negative battery terminal LHA0484 4. Check to see if the jammed DVD has DVD player operation precautions been ejected. If it has not, try to eject the DVD by pushing the eject button. Do not use the following DVD’s as they may 5. If the disc cannot be ejected see your cause the DVD player to malfunction: Nissan dealer for further assistance ● 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter 6. Re-program the radio presets4-48 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/03/04—debbie ੭
    • ● When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the remote control and head- phones. FCC Notice: Changes or modifications not expressly ap- proved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This de- vice may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any inter- LHA0318 SAA0723 ference received, including interference If the battery is removed for any reason that may cause undesired operation of theRemote control and headphones bat- device.tery replacement other than replacement close the lid se- curely.Replace the battery as follows: ● If you will not be using the remote control for 1. Open the lid. long periods of time, remove the batteries. 2. Replace batteries with new ones. ● Replacement of the batteries is needed when the remote control only functions at ● Size AA (remote control) extremely close distances to the DVD player ● Size AAA (headphones) or not at all.Make sure that the and ends on ● Be careful not to touch the battery terminal.the batteries match the markings inside the ● An improperly disposed battery can harmcompartment. the environment. Always confirm local regu- 3. Close the lid securely. lations for battery disposal. Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-49 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/03/04—debbie ੭
    • CAR PHONE OR CB RADIOWhen installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in ● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 inyour NISSAN, be sure to observe the following (20 cm) away from the electronic con-cautions, otherwise the new equipment may ad- trol system harnesses. Do not route theversely affect the engine control system and antenna wire next to any harness.other electronic parts. ● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer. WARNING ● Connect the ground wire from the CB● A cellular telephone should not be used radio chassis to the body. while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some juris- ● For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele- phones while driving.● If you must make a call while your ve- hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu- lar phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Ex- ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.● If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so. CAUTION● Keep the antenna as far away as pos- sible from the electronic control modules.4-50 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 09/03/04—debbie ੭
    • 5 Starting and drivingPrecautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 On-pavement and off-road driving Using four wheel drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Transfer case shifting procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Low tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Rear sonar system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Anti-freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Engine protection mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING WARNING ● Do not run the engine in closed spaces b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are such as a garage. entering into the passenger● Do not leave children or adults who would compartment. normally require the assistance of others ● Do not park the vehicle with the engine alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not running for any extended length of time. c. You notice a change in the sound of be left alone. They could accidentally in- the exhaust system. ● Keep the back door and rear vent win- jure themselves or others through inad- dows closed while driving, otherwise ex- d. You have had an accident involving vertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on haust gases could be drawn into the pas- damage to the exhaust system, un- hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed senger compartment. If you must drive derbody, or rear of the vehicle. vehicle could quickly become high with the back door or rear vent windows enough to cause severe or possibly fatal open, follow these precautions: THREE-WAY CATALYST injuries to people or animals. 1. Open all the windows. The three-way catalyst is an emission control● Properly secure all cargo with ropes or 2. Set the air recirculation but- device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust straps to help prevent it from sliding or ton to off and the fan control dial to gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col- high to circulate the air. high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. lision, unsecured cargo could cause ● If electrical wiring or other cable con- personal injury. WARNING nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the back door or the body, ● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) follow the manufacturer’s recommen- tem are very hot. Keep people, animals dation to prevent carbon monoxide en- or flammable materials away from the WARNING try into the vehicle. exhaust system components.● Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con- ● The exhaust system and body should be ● Do not stop or park the vehicle over tain colorless and odorless carbon mon- inspected by a qualified mechanic flammable materials such as dry grass, oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It whenever: waste paper or rags. They may ignite can cause unconsciousness or death. and cause a fire.● If you suspect that exhaust fumes are a. The vehicle is raised for service. entering the vehicle, drive with all win- dows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately.5-2 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • CAUTION ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING DRIVING PRECAUTIONS SYSTEM● Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re- Utility vehicles have a significantly higher This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres- duce the three-way catalyst’s ability to rollover rate than other types of vehicles. sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of help reduce exhaust pollutants. all tires except the spare. When the tire pressure They have higher ground clearance than passen-● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc- ger cars to make them capable of performing in a monitoring system warning light it lit, one or more tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If electrical systems can cause overrich This gives them a higher center of gravity than equipped, the system also displays pressure of fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, ordinary cars. An advantage of higher ground all tires (except the spare tire) on the display causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv- clearance is a better view of the road, allowing screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is ing if the engine misfires, or if notice- you to anticipate problems. However, they are not installed in each wheel. able loss of performance or other un- designed for cornering at the same speeds as usual operating conditions are conventional two-wheel drive vehicles any more The low tire pressure warning system will activate detected. Have the vehicle inspected than low-slung sports cars are designed to per- only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above promptly by a NISSAN dealer. form satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, this system may not all possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. As detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for ex-● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel ample a flat tire while driving). level. Running out of fuel could cause with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate the engine to misfire, damaging the this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the three-way catalyst. or vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the person is significantly more likely to die than a● Do not race the engine while warming it outside temperature. Low outside temperature person wearing a seat belt. up. can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire Be sure to read the driving safety precautions which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure.● Do not push or tow your vehicle to start later in this section. This may cause the low tire pressure warning the engine. light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature as described above, check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown Starting and driving 5-3 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn ● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol WARNINGthe low tire pressure warning light OFF. tire sealant into the tires, as this may ● If the low tire pressure warning light cause a malfunction of the tire pressureFrequently check the tire pressure information flashes while driving, avoid suddendisplay on the display screen (if so equipped) and sensors. steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,adjust pressure of each tire properly. (The order reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadof the tire pressure figures displayed on the to a safe location and stop the vehicle CAUTIONscreen does not correspond with the actual order as soon as possible. Serious vehicle Do not place metalized film or any metalof the tire position.) See “Tire pressure informa- damage could occur and may lead to an parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thistion” in the “Display screen, heater, air condi- accident and could result in serious may cause poor reception of the signalstioner and audio systems” section for tire pres- personal injury. Check the tire pressure from the tire pressure sensors, and thesure monitor. If you select the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure low tire pressure warning system will notinformation in the display (if so equipped), the to the recommended COLD tire pres- function properly.FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed. sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire FCC Notice:Low tire pressure warning pressure warning light OFF. If you have Changes or modifications not expressly ap- a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as proved by the manufacturer complianceIf the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure soon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in the(lower than 28 psi, 193 kPa), the low tire pres- could void the user’s authority to operate “In case of emergency” section for the equipment.sure warning light comes on and the chime changing a flat tire.)sounds for about 10 seconds. This device complies with Part 15 of the ● When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel FCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryFor additional information regarding the above is replaced, tire pressure will not be Canada.warning, see “Warning/indicator lights and au- indicated and the low tire pressuredible reminders” in the “Instruments and con- warning system will not function. Con- Operation is subject to the following twotrols” section. tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as conditions: (1) This device may not cause possible for tire replacement and/or harmful interface, and (2) this device must system resetting. accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired op- eration of the device.5-4 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • AVOIDING COLLISION AND DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSROLLOVER DRIVING Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep wa- WARNING WARNING ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed forFailure to operate this vehicle in a safe Never drive under the influence of alcohol leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road ve-and prudent manner may result in loss of or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re- hicle.control or an accident. duces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after Remember that two-wheel drive models are lessBe alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all drinking alcohol increases the likelihood capable than four-wheel drive models for roughtraffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high of being involved in an accident injuring road driving and extrication when stuck in deepspeed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers, yourself and others. Additionally, if you snow or mud, or the like.because these driving practices could cause you are injured in an accident, alcohol can Please observe the following precautions:to lose control of your vehicle. As with any ve- increase the severity of the injury.hicle, loss of control could result in a colli-sion with other vehicles or objects, or cause NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, WARNINGthe vehicle to roll over, particularly if the loss you must choose not to drive under the influence ● Drive carefully when off the road andof control causes the vehicle to slide side- of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are avoid dangerous areas. Every personways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al- who drives or rides in this vehiclewhen tired. Never drive when under the influence of though the local laws vary on what is considered should be seated with their seat beltalcohol or drugs (including prescription or over- to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol fastened. This will keep you and yourthe-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). affects all people differently and most people passengers in position when drivingAlways wear your seat belt as outlined in the underestimate the effects of alcohol. over rough terrain.“Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplemental re- Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And ● Do not drive across steep slopes. In-straint system” section of this manual, and also that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre- stead drive either straight up or straightinstruct your passengers to do so. scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if your down the slopes. Off-road vehicles canSeat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco- tip over sideways much more easilyand rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted hol, drugs, or some other physical condition. than they can forward or backward.or improperly belted person is significantlymore likely to be injured or killed than aperson properly wearing a seat belt. Starting and driving 5-5 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. ● To avoid raising the center of gravity ex- ● If at all possible, avoid sharp turning If you drive up them, you may stall. If cessively, do not exceed the rated capac- maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. you drive down them, you may not be ity of the roof rack and evenly distribute Your NISSAN four-wheel drive vehicle able to control your speed. If you drive the load. Secure heavy loads in the cargo has a higher center of gravity than a across them, you may roll over. area as far forward and as low as pos- two-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle is sible. Do not equip the vehicle with tires not designed for cornering at the same● Do not shift gears while driving on speeds as conventional two-wheel larger than specified in this manual. This downhill grades as this could cause drive vehicles. Failure to operate this could cause your vehicle to roll over. loss of control of the vehicle. vehicle correctly could result in loss of ● Do not grip the inside or spokes of the control and/or a rollover accident.● Stay alert when driving to the top of a steering wheel when driving off-road. hill. At the top there could be a drop-off ● Always use tires of the same type, size, The steering wheel could move sud- brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, or other hazard that could cause an denly and injure your hands. Instead accident. or radial), and tread pattern on all four drive with your fingers and thumbs on wheels. Install tire chains on the rear● If your engine stalls or you cannot make the outside of the rim. wheels when driving on slippery roads it to the top of a steep hill, never at- ● Before operating the vehicle, ensure and drive carefully. tempt to turn around. Your vehicle that the driver and all passengers have ● Be sure to check the brakes immedi- could tip or roll over. Always back their seat belts fastened. ately after driving in mud or water. See straight down in R (Reverse) gear and “Brake system” later in this section for apply brakes to control your speed. ● Lower your speed when encountering “Wet brakes”. strong crosswinds. With a higher center● Heavy braking going down a hill could of gravity, your NISSAN is more af- ● Avoid parking your vehicle on steep cause your brakes to overheat and fade, fected by strong side winds. Slower hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it resulting in loss of control and an acci- speeds ensure better vehicle control. rolls forward, backward or sideways, dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a low you could be injured. gear to control your speed. ● Do not drive beyond the performance ● Whenever you drive off-road through capablity of the tires, even with 4WD● Unsecured cargo can be thrown around sand, mud or water as deep as the engaged. when driving over rough terrain. Prop- wheel hub, more frequent maintenance ● Accelerating quickly, sharp steering may be required. See “Periodic mainte- erly secure all cargo so it will not be maneuvers or sudden braking may nance” in the “NISSAN Service and thrown forward and cause injury to you cause loss of control. Maintenance Guide.” or your passengers.5-6 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • IGNITION SWITCH To remove the key from the ignition switch: There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions. The OFF position 1. Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) posi- is indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder. tion with the key in the ON position. When the ignition is in the OFF position, 2. Turn the key to the LOCK position. the steering wheel is not locked. 3. Remove the key from the ignition. In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it must be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwise If the selector lever is shifted to the P (Park) from the straight up position. position after the key is turned to the OFF posi- tion or when the key cannot be turned to the To lock the steering wheel, turn the key to LOCK position, proceed as follows to remove the the LOCK position. Remove the key. To key. unlock the steering wheel, insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer- 1. Move the shift selector lever into the P (Park) ing wheel slightly right and left. position. WSD0041 If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi- 2. Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ONAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION position. tion, turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock theThe ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be key cylinder. 3. Turn the key to the LOCK position.turned to the LOCK position and removed untilthe shift selector lever is moved to the P (Park) 4. Remove the key. WARNINGposition. The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot Never remove or turn the key to the LOCKWhen removing the key from the ignition, make moved out of P (Park) and into any of the other position while driving. The steering wheelsure the shift selector lever is in the P (Park) gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF will lock. This may cause the driver to loseposition. position or if the key is removed from the switch. control of the vehicle and could result inIf the selector lever is not returned to P (Park) The shift selector lever can be moved if the serious vehicle damage or personal injury.position, the key cannot be moved to the LOCK ignition switch is in the ON position and theposition. foot brake pedal is depressed. Starting and driving 5-7 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEKEY POSITIONS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER ● Make sure the area around the vehicle is SYSTEM (NVIS) clear.LOCK: Normal parking position (0) The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) ● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-OFF: (Not used) (1) ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as will not allow the engine to start without the use ofACC: (Accessories) (2) the registered NVIS key. frequently as possible, or at least whenever you refuel.This position activates electrical accessories If the engine fails to start using the registeredsuch as the radio when the engine is not running. NVIS key, it may be due to interference caused by ● Check that all windows and lights are clean.ON: Normal operating position (3) another NVIS key, an automated toll road device ● Visually inspect tires for their appearance or automated payment device on the key ring. and condition. Also check tires for properThis position turns on the ignition system and the Restart the engine using the following proce- inflation.electrical accessories. dures: ● Lock all doors.START: (4) 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds. ● Position seat and adjust head restraints.This position starts the engine. As soon as theengine has started, release the key. It automati- 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK ● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.cally returns to the ON position. position and wait approximately 10 seconds. ● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. do likewise. 4. Restart the engine while holding the device ● Check the operation of warning lights when (which may have caused the interference) the key is turned to the ON (3) position. See separate from the registered NVIS key. “Warning/indicator lights and audible re- minders” in the “Instruments and controls” If this procedure allows the engine to start, section of this manual. NISSAN recommends placing the registered NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid interfer- ence from other devices.5-8 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • STARTING THE ENGINE DRIVING THE VEHICLE1. Apply the parking brake. cranking the engine, release the accel- ENGINE PROTECTION MODE erator pedal. Crank the engine with your2. Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N foot off the accelerator pedal by turn- The engine has an engine protection mode to (Neutral). P (Park) is recommended. ing the ignition key to START. Release the reduce the chance of damage if the coolant tem- key when the engine starts. If the engine perature becomes too high (for example, when The shift selector lever cannot be starts, but fails to run, repeat the above climbing steep grades in high temperature with moved out of P (Park) and into any of procedure. heavy loads, such as when towing a trailer). the other gear positions if the ignition When the engine temperature reaches a certain key is turned to the OFF position or if level: the key is removed from the ignition CAUTION switch. Do not operate the starter for more than ● The engine coolant temperature gauge will 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does move toward the H position. The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the not start, turn the key off and wait 10 ● Engine power may be reduced. driving positions. seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be damaged. ● The air conditioning cooling function may be3. Crank the engine with your foot off the automatically turned OFF for a short time accelerator pedal by turning the ignition 4. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec- (the blower will continue to operate). key to START. Release the key when the onds after starting. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Drive at moderate Engine power and, under some conditions, ve- engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to speed for a short distance first, especially in hicle speed will decrease. Vehicle speed can be run, repeat the above procedure. cold weather. controlled with the accelerator pedal, but the ● If the engine is very hard to start in ex- vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed. tremely cold weather or when restarting, In cold weather, keep the engine running for The transmission will downshift or upshift as it depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap- a minimum of 2–3 minutes before shutting it reaches prescribed shift points. You can also proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a shift manually. and then crank the engine. Release the short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start. As driving conditions change and engine coolant key and the accelerator pedal when the temperature is reduced, vehicle speed can be engine starts. increased using the accelerator pedal, and air ● If the engine is very hard to start because conditioning cooling function will automatically it is flooded, depress the accelerator be turned back ON. pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Crank the engine for 5-6 seconds. After Starting and driving 5-9 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • If: WARNING AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 1. The engine coolant temperature is not re- Overheating can result in reduced engine duced. WARNING power and vehicle speed. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, ● Do not depress the accelerator pedal 2. The air conditioning cooling function does which could increase the chance of a col- while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- not turn back ON. lision. Be especially careful when driving. tral) to R (Reverse), or L (Low). Always 3. The engine oil pressure warning/engine Pull to the side of the road to a safe area. depress the brake pedal until shifting is coolant temperature high indicator il- Allow the engine to cool and return to completed. Failure to do so could cause luminates, this may indicate a malfunction. normal operation. See “If your vehicle you to lose control and have an Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area overheats” in the “In case of emergency” accident. and allow the engine to cool. If after check- section of this manual. ● Cold engine idle speed is high, so use ing the oil and coolant, the remains caution when shifting into a forward or on, do not continue to drive and call a CAUTION reverse gear before the engine has NISSAN dealer. warmed up. Running the engine with the engine oilThe malfunction indicator lamp may also come pressure warning light on could cause se- ● Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)ON. If only it remains on, you do not need to have rious damage to the engine almost imme- while the vehicle is moving. This couldyour vehicle towed, but have it inspected soon by diately. Such damage is not covered by cause an accident.a NISSAN dealer. See “Malfunction indicator warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itlamp” in the “Warning and indicator lights” sec- is safe to do so. CAUTIONtion of this manual. ● When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by de- pressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose. ● Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control. The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation.5-10 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • The recommended operating procedures for this WARNINGtransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle Apply the parking brake if the selectorperformance and driving enjoyment. lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do so could causeStarting the vehicle the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll 1. After starting the engine, fully depress the away and result in serious personal injury foot brake pedal before attempting to move or property damage. the shift selector lever out of the P (Park) If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for position. any reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), or 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and any D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turned move the shift selector lever into a driving to the LOCK position and be removed from the gear. ignition switch. Move the selector lever to the P 3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start WSD0098 (Park) position, then the key can be turned to the vehicle in motion. LOCK. To move the selector lever:The automatic transmission is designed so P (Park): : Shift while depressing the brake pedalthe foot brake pedal MUST be depressed Use this selector position when the vehicle isbefore shifting from P (Park) to any drive : Shift without depressing brake pedal parked or when starting the engine. Make sureposition while the ignition switch is in theON position. Shifting the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se-The shift selector lever cannot be moved After starting the engine, fully depress the brake lector lever from N (Neutral) or any driveout of P (Park) and into any of the other pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.gear positions if the ignition key is turned P (Park) position. When parking on a hill, apply the parking braketo the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the first, then move the shift selector lever into the Pkey is removed. (Park) position. Starting and driving 5-11 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • R (Reverse): 4H: 1 (Low gear): 62 MPH (100 km/h) Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly CAUTION or slow driving through deep snow, sand or mud,Use this position only when the vehicle is 4LO: or for maximum engine braking on steep downhillcompletely stopped. 31 MPH (50 km/h) grades.Use this position to back up. Make sure the 3 (Third gear): Do not downshift into the 1 position at speedsvehicle is completely stopped before selecting over the following and do not exceed the follow-the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal Use this position for driving up and down long ing speeds in the 1 position.must be depressed to move the selector slopes where engine braking would be advanta- geous. 2WD and AUTO:lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driveposition to R (Reverse). 43 MPH (70 km/h) w/o tow mode 2 (Second gear):N (Neutral): 37 MPH (60 km/h) w/tow mode Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak-Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The ing on downhill grades. 4H:engine can be started in this position. You may 43 MPH (70 km/h) w/o tow mode Do not downshift into the 2 position at speedsshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled enginewhile the vehicle is moving. over the following and do not exceed the follow- 37 MPH (60 km/h) w/tow mode ing speeds in the 2 position.D (Drive): 4LO: 2WD and AUTO:Use this position for all normal forward driving. 31 MPH (50 km/h) 71 MPH (115 km/h) w/o tow mode4 (Fourth gear): 62 MPH (100 km/h) w/tow modeUse this position for driving up and down longslopes where engine braking would be advanta- 4H:geous. 62 MPH (100 km/h)Do not downshift into the 4 position at speeds 4LO:over the following and do not exceed the follow-ing speeds in the 4 position. 31 MPH (50 km/h)5-12 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • To push the shift lock release, complete the fol- Accelerator downshift lowing procedure: — in D position — 1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel- and remove the key erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis- 2. Apply the parking brake. sion down into a lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed. 3. Remove the shift lock release cover as shown. Fail-safe 4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock When the fail-safe operation occurs, please note release slot and push down. that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition. 5. Move the shift selector lever to the N (Neu- tral) position while holding down the shift If the vehicle is driven under extreme con- ditions, such as excessive wheel spinning LSD0090 lock release. and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safeShift lock release 6. Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the system may be activated. This will occur steering wheel. Now the vehicle may be even if all electrical circuits are functioningIf the battery is discharged, the shift selector lever moved to the desired location. properly. In this case, turn the ignition keymay not be moved from the P (Park) position even OFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn thewith the brake pedal depressed. If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of key back to the ON position. The vehicleTo move the shift selector lever, release the shift P (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the auto- should return to its normal operating con-lock. The shift selector lever can be moved to N matic transmission system as soon as possible. dition. If it does not return to its normal(Neutral). However, the steering wheel will be operating condition, have a NISSAN dealerlocked unless the ignition switch is turned to the WARNING check the transmission and repair it if nec-ON position. This allows the vehicle to be moved If the selector lever cannot be moved from essary.if the battery is discharged. the P (Park) position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not work. Malfunction- ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others. Starting and driving 5-13 ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL WARNING● Be sure the parking brake is fully re- leased before driving. Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident.● Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.● Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully engaged.● Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle. They could release the parking brake and cause an accident. LSD0091 LSD0092 To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake. 1. ACCEL/RES switch To release: 2. COAST/SET switch 3. ON/OFF switch 1. Firmly apply the foot brake. 4. CANCEL switch 2. Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park) PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE position. CONTROL 3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release. ● If the cruise control system malfunctions, it cancels automatically. The SET indicator 4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light in the instrument panel then blinks to light goes out. warn the driver. ● If the SET indicator light blinks, turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.5-14 Starting and driving ੬ REVIEW COPY—2005 Pathfinder Armada (wzw) Owners Manual—USA_English (nna) 08/18/04—tbrooks ੭
    • ● The SET indicator light may blink when the To turn on the cruise control, push the main The cruise control is automatically canceled and cruise control main switch is turned ON switch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instru- the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if: while pushing the ACCEL/RES, ment panel comes on. ● you depress the brake pedal while pushing COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST switch. on the steering wheel). To properly set the the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch The preset speed is deleted from memory. cruise control system, use the following pro- and release it. The SET indicator light in the cedures. instrument panel comes on. Take your foot off the ● the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH accelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set (13 km/h) below the set speed. WARNING speed. ● you move the shift selector lever to N (Neu-Do not use the cruise control when driving ● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac- tral).under the following conditions: celerator pedal. When you release the To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one● When it is not possible to keep the pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously set speed. of the following three methods. vehicle at a set speed. ● The vehicle may not maintain the set speed ● Depress the accelerator pedal. When the● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in vehicle attains the desired speed, push and speed. when going up or do